1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
44 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
45 #include <algorithm>
46 #include <cstring>
47 #include <functional>
48 using namespace clang;
49 using namespace sema;
50 
51 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
52   if (OwnedType) {
53     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
54     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
55   }
56 
57   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
58 }
59 
60 namespace {
61 
62 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
63  public:
64   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
65       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
66     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
67     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
68     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
69   }
70 
71   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
72     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
73       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
74           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
75     else
76       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
77   }
78 
79  private:
80   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
81   bool WantClassName;
82 };
83 
84 }
85 
86 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
87 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
88   switch (Kind) {
89   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
90   // token kind is a valid type specifier
91   case tok::kw_short:
92   case tok::kw_long:
93   case tok::kw___int64:
94   case tok::kw___int128:
95   case tok::kw_signed:
96   case tok::kw_unsigned:
97   case tok::kw_void:
98   case tok::kw_char:
99   case tok::kw_int:
100   case tok::kw_half:
101   case tok::kw_float:
102   case tok::kw_double:
103   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
104   case tok::kw_bool:
105   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
106     return true;
107 
108   case tok::annot_typename:
109   case tok::kw_char16_t:
110   case tok::kw_char32_t:
111   case tok::kw_typeof:
112   case tok::annot_decltype:
113   case tok::kw_decltype:
114     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
115 
116   default:
117     break;
118   }
119 
120   return false;
121 }
122 
123 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
124 /// return the declaration of that type.
125 ///
126 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
127 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
128 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
129 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
130 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
131 ///
132 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
133 /// and then return NULL.
134 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
135                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
136                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
137                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
138                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
139                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
140                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
141   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
142   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
143   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
144     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
145     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
146       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
147   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
148     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
149 
150     if (!LookupCtx) {
151       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
152         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
153         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
154         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
155         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
156         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
157         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
158         //
159         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
160         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
161         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
162           return ParsedType();
163 
164         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
165         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
166         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
167           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
168 
169         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
170         QualType T =
171           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
172                             II, NameLoc);
173 
174           return ParsedType::make(T);
175       }
176 
177       return ParsedType();
178     }
179 
180     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
181         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
182       return ParsedType();
183   }
184 
185   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
186   // lookup for class-names.
187   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
188                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
189   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
190   if (LookupCtx) {
191     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
192     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
193     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
194     // nested-name-specifier.
195     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
196 
197     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
198       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
199       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
200       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
201       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
202       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
203       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
204       LookupName(Result, S);
205     }
206   } else {
207     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
208     LookupName(Result, S);
209   }
210 
211   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
212   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
213   case LookupResult::NotFound:
214   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
215     if (CorrectedII) {
216       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
217       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
218                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
219       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
220       TemplateTy Template;
221       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
222       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
223       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
224       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
225       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
226       if (SS && NNS) {
227         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
228         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
229       }
230       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
231           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
232           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
233           // is handled elsewhere).
234           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
235             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
236                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
237         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
238                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
239                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
240                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
241         if (Ty) {
242           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
243                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
245           if (SS && NNS)
246             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
247           *CorrectedII = NewII;
248           return Ty;
249         }
250       }
251     }
252     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
253   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
254   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
255     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
256     return ParsedType();
257 
258   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
259     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
260     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
261     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
262     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
263     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
264     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
265       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
266       return ParsedType();
267     }
268 
269     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
270     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
271          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
272       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
273         if (!IIDecl ||
274             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
275               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
276           IIDecl = *Res;
277       }
278     }
279 
280     if (!IIDecl) {
281       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
282       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
283       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
284       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
285       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
286       // a type name.
287       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
288       return ParsedType();
289     }
290 
291     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
292     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
293     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
294     // perform the name lookup again.
295     break;
296 
297   case LookupResult::Found:
298     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
299     break;
300   }
301 
302   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
303 
304   QualType T;
305   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
306     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
307 
308     if (T.isNull())
309       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
310 
311     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
312     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
313     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
314     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
315       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
316         // Construct a type with type-source information.
317         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
318         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
319 
320         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
321         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
322         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
323         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
324         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
325       } else {
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327       }
328     }
329   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
330     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
331     if (!HasTrailingDot)
332       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
333   }
334 
335   if (T.isNull()) {
336     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
337     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
338     return ParsedType();
339   }
340   return ParsedType::make(T);
341 }
342 
343 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
344 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
345 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
346 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
347 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
348 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
349   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
350   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
351   LookupName(R, S, false);
352   R.suppressDiagnostics();
353   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
354     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
355       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
356       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
357       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
358       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
359       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
360       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
361       }
362     }
363 
364   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
365 }
366 
367 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
368 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
369 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
370 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
371 /// @code
372 /// template<class T> class A {
373 /// public:
374 ///   typedef int TYPE;
375 /// };
376 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
377 /// public:
378 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
379 /// };
380 /// @endcode
381 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
382   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
383     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
384 
385     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
386     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
387           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
388       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
389         return true;
390     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
391   }
392   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
393 }
394 
395 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
396                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
397                                    Scope *S,
398                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
399                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
400   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
401   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
402 
403   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
404   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
405   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
406   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
407                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
408                                              Validator)) {
409     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
410       // We corrected to a keyword.
411       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
412       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
413     } else {
414       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
415       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
416         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
417                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
418       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
419         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
420         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
421                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
422         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
423                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
424                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
425       } else {
426         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
427       }
428 
429       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
430       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
431         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
432                           SourceRange(IILoc));
433       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
434                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
435                                   false, ParsedType(),
436                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
437                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
438     }
439     return true;
440   }
441 
442   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
443     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
444     UnqualifiedId Name;
445     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
446     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
447     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
448     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
449     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
450                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
451                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
452       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
453       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
454       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
455         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
456           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
457       }
458       return true;
459     }
460   }
461 
462   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
463   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
464 
465   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
466     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
467   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
468     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
469       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
470   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
471     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
472     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
473       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
474 
475     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
476       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
477       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
478       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
479     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
480                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
481   } else {
482     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
483            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
484   }
485 
486   return true;
487 }
488 
489 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
490 /// or
491 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
492   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
493                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
494 
495   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
496     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
497       return true;
498 
499     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
500       return true;
501   }
502 
503   return false;
504 }
505 
506 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
507                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
508                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
509                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
510   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
511   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
512   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
513     const char *TagName = 0;
514     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
515     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
516       case TTK_Class:
517         TagName = "class";
518         FixItTagName = "class ";
519         break;
520 
521       case TTK_Enum:
522         TagName = "enum";
523         FixItTagName = "enum ";
524         break;
525 
526       case TTK_Struct:
527         TagName = "struct";
528         FixItTagName = "struct ";
529         break;
530 
531       case TTK_Interface:
532         TagName = "__interface";
533         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
534         break;
535 
536       case TTK_Union:
537         TagName = "union";
538         FixItTagName = "union ";
539         break;
540     }
541 
542     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
543       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
544       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
545 
546     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
547          I != IEnd; ++I)
548       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
549         << Name << TagName;
550 
551     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
552     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
553     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
554     return true;
555   }
556 
557   return false;
558 }
559 
560 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
561 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
562                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
563   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
564 
565   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
566   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
567 
568   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
569   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
570   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
571   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
572   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
573 }
574 
575 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
576                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
577                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
578                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
579                                             const Token &NextToken,
580                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
581                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
582   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
583   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
584 
585   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
586     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
587                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
588 
589   }
590 
591   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
592   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
593 
594   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
595   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
596   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
597   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
598   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
599     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
600     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
601       return E;
602   }
603 
604   bool SecondTry = false;
605   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
606 
607 Corrected:
608   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
609   case LookupResult::NotFound:
610     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
611     // call.
612     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
613       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
614       // FIXME: Reference?
615       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
616         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
617 
618       // C90 6.3.2.2:
619       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
620       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
621       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
622       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
623       //   the function call, the declaration
624       //
625       //     extern int identifier ();
626       //
627       //   appeared.
628       //
629       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
630       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
631         Result.addDecl(D);
632         Result.resolveKind();
633         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
634       }
635     }
636 
637     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
638     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
639     // "struct", or "union".
640     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
641         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
642       break;
643     }
644 
645     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
646     // close to this name.
647     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
648       SecondTry = true;
649       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
650                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
651                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
652         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
653         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
654 
655         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
656         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
657           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
658         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
659             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
660           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
661           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
662         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
663                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
664                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
665                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
666           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
667           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
668         }
669 
670         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
671           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
672         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
673           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
674           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
675                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
676           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
677                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
678                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
679         }
680 
681         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
682         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
683 
684         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
685         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
686           return Name;
687 
688         // Also update the LookupResult...
689         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
690         Result.clear();
691         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
692         if (FirstDecl)
693           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
694 
695         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
696         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
697         // reference the ivar.
698         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
699         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
700           Result.clear();
701           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
702           return E;
703         }
704 
705         goto Corrected;
706       }
707     }
708 
709     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
710     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
711     return NameClassification::Unknown();
712 
713   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
714     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
715     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
716     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
717 
718     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
719     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
720     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
721     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
722     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
723     //
724     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
725     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
726     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
727     // keyword here.
728     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
729                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
730                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
731   }
732 
733   case LookupResult::Found:
734   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
735   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
736     break;
737 
738   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
739     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
740         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
741       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
742       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
743       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
744       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
745       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
746       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
747       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
748       //   ambiguous.
749       //
750       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
751       // so try again after filtering out template names.
752       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
753       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
754         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
755         break;
756       }
757     }
758 
759     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
760     return NameClassification::Error();
761   }
762 
763   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
764       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
765     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
766     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
767     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
768     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
769     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
770     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
771     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
772       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
773 
774     if (!Result.empty()) {
775       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
776       bool IsVarTemplate;
777       TemplateName Template;
778       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
779         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
780         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
781                                                      Result.end());
782       } else {
783         TemplateDecl *TD
784           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
785         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
786         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
787 
788         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
789           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
790                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
791                                                       TD);
792         else
793           Template = TemplateName(TD);
794       }
795 
796       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
797         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
798         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
799         // to based on which function we selected.
800         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
801 
802         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
803       }
804 
805       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
806                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
807     }
808   }
809 
810   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
811   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
812     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
813     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
814     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
815       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
816     return ParsedType::make(T);
817   }
818 
819   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
820   if (!Class) {
821     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
822     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
823                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
824       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
825   }
826 
827   if (Class) {
828     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
829 
830     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
831       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
832       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
833       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
834       return NameClassification::Unknown();
835     }
836 
837     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
838     return ParsedType::make(T);
839   }
840 
841   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
842   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
843     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
844         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
845 
846   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
847   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
848   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
849   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
850        (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
851       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
852     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
853     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
854     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
855     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
856       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
857     return ParsedType::make(T);
858   }
859 
860   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
861     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
862 
863   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
864   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
865 }
866 
867 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
868 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
869 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
870 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
871 
872   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
873   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
874   // the context we'll need to return to.
875   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
876     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
877 
878     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
879     // lexical context.
880     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
881       return DC;
882 
883     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
884     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
885     // class is the context we need to return to.
886     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
887       DC = RD;
888 
889     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
890     // declared in.
891     return DC;
892   }
893 
894   return DC->getLexicalParent();
895 }
896 
897 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
898   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
899       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
900   CurContext = DC;
901   S->setEntity(DC);
902 }
903 
904 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
905   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
906 
907   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
908   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
909 }
910 
911 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
912 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
913 ///
914 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
915   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
916   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
917   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
918   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
919   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
920   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
921   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
922   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
923   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
924   //   namespace.
925   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
926   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
927   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
928   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
929   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
930 
931   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
932 
933 #ifndef NDEBUG
934   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
935   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
936   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
937 #endif
938 
939   CurContext = DC;
940   S->setEntity(DC);
941 }
942 
943 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
944   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
945 
946   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
947   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
948   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
949   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
950   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
951 
952   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
953   // disappear.
954 }
955 
956 
957 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
958   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
959   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
960     // We assume that the caller has already called
961     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
962     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
963   }
964   if (!FD)
965     return;
966 
967   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
968   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
969   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
970     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
971   CurContext = FD;
972   S->setEntity(CurContext);
973 
974   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
975     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
976     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
977     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
978       S->AddDecl(Param);
979       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
980     }
981   }
982 }
983 
984 
985 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
986   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
987   // rather than the top-level class.
988   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
989   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
990   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
991 }
992 
993 
994 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
995 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
996 ///
997 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
998 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
999 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1000 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1001 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1002 /// attribute.
1003 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1004                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1005   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1006     return true;
1007 
1008   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1009     return true;
1010 
1011   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1012           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1013 }
1014 
1015 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1016 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1017   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1018   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1019   // scope.
1020   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1021     S = S->getParent();
1022 
1023   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1024   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1025   // into any context.
1026   if (AddToContext)
1027     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1028 
1029   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1030   // are function-local declarations.
1031   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1032       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1033         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1034       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1035     return;
1036 
1037   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1038   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1039       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1040     return;
1041 
1042   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1043   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1044                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1045   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1046     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1047       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1048       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1049 
1050       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1051       break;
1052     }
1053   }
1054 
1055   S->AddDecl(D);
1056 
1057   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1058     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1059     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1060     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1061     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1062       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1063       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1064         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1065           continue;
1066       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1067         break;
1068     }
1069 
1070     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1071   } else {
1072     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1073   }
1074 }
1075 
1076 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1077   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1078     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1079 }
1080 
1081 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1082                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1083   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1084                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1085 }
1086 
1087 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1088   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1089   do {
1090     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1091       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1092         return S;
1093   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1094 
1095   return 0;
1096 }
1097 
1098 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1099                                             DeclContext*,
1100                                             ASTContext&);
1101 
1102 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1103 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1104 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1105                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1106                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1107                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1108   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1109   while (F.hasNext()) {
1110     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1111 
1112     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1113       continue;
1114 
1115     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1116         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1117       continue;
1118 
1119     F.erase();
1120   }
1121 
1122   F.done();
1123 }
1124 
1125 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1126   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1127          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1128          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1129 }
1130 
1131 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1132 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1133   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1134   while (F.hasNext())
1135     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1136       F.erase();
1137 
1138   F.done();
1139 }
1140 
1141 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1142 /// @code
1143 /// class S {
1144 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1145 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1146 /// };
1147 /// @endcode
1148 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1149   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1150   // the decl here.
1151   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1152     return false;
1153 
1154   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1155     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1156   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1157     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1158   return false;
1159 }
1160 
1161 // We need this to handle
1162 //
1163 // typedef struct {
1164 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1165 // } A;
1166 //
1167 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1168 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1169 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end
1170 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage.
1171 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1172 // not.
1173 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1174   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1175   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1176     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1177       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1178         return true;
1179     }
1180     DC = DC->getParent();
1181   }
1182 
1183   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1184 }
1185 
1186 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1187 // these semantics.
1188 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1189   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1190     return false;
1191   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1192 }
1193 
1194 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1195   assert(D);
1196 
1197   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1198     return false;
1199 
1200   // Ignore class templates.
1201   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1202       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1203     return false;
1204 
1205   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1206     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1207       return false;
1208 
1209     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1210       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1211         return false;
1212     } else {
1213       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1214       if (FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
1215           !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1216         return false;
1217     }
1218 
1219     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1220         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1221       return false;
1222   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1223     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1224     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1225     // like "inline".)
1226     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1227       return false;
1228 
1229     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1230       return false;
1231 
1232     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1233         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1234       return false;
1235   } else {
1236     return false;
1237   }
1238 
1239   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1240   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1241 }
1242 
1243 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1244   if (!D)
1245     return;
1246 
1247   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1248     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1249     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1250       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1251   }
1252 
1253   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1254     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1255     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1256       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1257   }
1258 
1259   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1260     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1261 }
1262 
1263 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1264   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1265     return false;
1266 
1267   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1268     return false;
1269 
1270   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1271     return true;
1272 
1273   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1274   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1275       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1276     return false;
1277 
1278   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1279   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1280 
1281     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1282     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1283 
1284     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1285     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1286       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1287         return false;
1288     }
1289 
1290     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1291     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1292     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1293       return false;
1294 
1295     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1296       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1297       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1298         return false;
1299 
1300       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1301         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1302           return false;
1303 
1304         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1305           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1306             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1307           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1308             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1309           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1310             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1311             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1312               return false;
1313           }
1314         }
1315       }
1316     }
1317 
1318     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1319   }
1320 
1321   return true;
1322 }
1323 
1324 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1325                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1326   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1327     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1328                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1329     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1330       return;
1331     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1332                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1333   }
1334   return;
1335 }
1336 
1337 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1338 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1339 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1340   FixItHint Hint;
1341   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1342     return;
1343 
1344   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1345 
1346   unsigned DiagID;
1347   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1348     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1349   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1350     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1351   else
1352     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1353 
1354   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1355 }
1356 
1357 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1358   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1359   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1360   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1361   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1362     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1363 }
1364 
1365 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1366   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1367   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1368          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1369 
1370   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1371        I != E; ++I) {
1372     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1373     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1374 
1375     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1376     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1377 
1378     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1379 
1380     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1381     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1382       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1383 
1384     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1385     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1386       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1387 
1388     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1389     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1390   }
1391 }
1392 
1393 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1394   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1395 }
1396 
1397 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1398   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1399   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1400 }
1401 
1402 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1403 ///
1404 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1405 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1406 /// to the fixed name.
1407 ///
1408 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1409 ///
1410 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1411 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1412 ///
1413 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1414 /// class could not be found.
1415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1416                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1417                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1418   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1419   // creation from this context.
1420   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1421 
1422   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1423     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1424     // find an Objective-C class name.
1425     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1426     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1427                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1428                                        Validator)) {
1429       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1430       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1431       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1432     }
1433   }
1434   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1435   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1436   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1437       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1438   return Def;
1439 }
1440 
1441 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1442 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1443 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1444 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1445 /// ill-formed in C++:
1446 /// @code
1447 /// struct S6 {
1448 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1449 /// };
1450 ///
1451 /// void test_S6() {
1452 ///   struct S6 a;
1453 ///   a.e = BAR;
1454 /// }
1455 /// @endcode
1456 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1457 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1458 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1459 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1460 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1461 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1462 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1463 /// contain non-field names.
1464 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1465   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1466          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1467          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1468     S = S->getParent();
1469   return S;
1470 }
1471 
1472 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1473 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1474 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1475 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1476 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1477                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1478   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1479     return;
1480   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1481 
1482   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1483                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1484   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1485   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1486     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1487       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1488 }
1489 
1490 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1491 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1492 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1493 /// built-in.
1494 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1495                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1496                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1497   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1498 
1499   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1500 
1501   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1502   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1503   switch (Error) {
1504   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1505     // Okay
1506     break;
1507 
1508   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1509     if (ForRedeclaration)
1510       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1511         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1512     return 0;
1513 
1514   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1515     if (ForRedeclaration)
1516       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1517         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1518     return 0;
1519 
1520   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1521     if (ForRedeclaration)
1522       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1523         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1524     return 0;
1525   }
1526 
1527   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1528     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1529       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1530       << R;
1531     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1532         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1533           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1534       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1535         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1536         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1537   }
1538 
1539   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1540                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1541                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1542                                            SC_Extern,
1543                                            false,
1544                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1545   New->setImplicit();
1546 
1547   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1548   // FunctionDecl.
1549   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1550     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1551     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1552       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1553         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1554                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1555                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1556                             SC_None, 0);
1557       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1558       Params.push_back(parm);
1559     }
1560     New->setParams(Params);
1561   }
1562 
1563   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1564 
1565   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1566   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1567   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1568   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1569   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1570   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1571   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1572   CurContext = SavedContext;
1573   return New;
1574 }
1575 
1576 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1577 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1578 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1579 /// entity.
1580 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1581                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1582                                               LookupResult &previous){
1583   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1584   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1585     return;
1586 
1587   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1588   if (previous.empty())
1589     return;
1590 
1591   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1592   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1593     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1594 
1595     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1596     if (!old->isHidden())
1597       continue;
1598 
1599     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1600       filter.erase();
1601   }
1602 
1603   filter.done();
1604 }
1605 
1606 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1607   QualType OldType;
1608   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1609     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1610   else
1611     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1612   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1613 
1614   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1615     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1616     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1617     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1618       << Kind << NewType;
1619     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1620       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1621     New->setInvalidDecl();
1622     return true;
1623   }
1624 
1625   if (OldType != NewType &&
1626       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1627       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1628       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1629     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1630     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1631       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1632     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1633       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1634     New->setInvalidDecl();
1635     return true;
1636   }
1637   return false;
1638 }
1639 
1640 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1641 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1642 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1643 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1644 ///
1645 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1646   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1647   // merging checks.
1648   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1649 
1650   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1651   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1652   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1653     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1654     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1655     default: break;
1656     case 2:
1657       {
1658         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1659           break;
1660         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1661         if (!T->isPointerType())
1662           break;
1663         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1664           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1665           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1666             break;
1667         }
1668         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1669         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1670         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1671         return;
1672       }
1673     case 5:
1674       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1675         break;
1676       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1677       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1678       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1679       return;
1680     case 3:
1681       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1682         break;
1683       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1684       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1685       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1686       return;
1687     }
1688     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1689   }
1690 
1691   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1692   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1693   if (!Old) {
1694     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1695       << New->getDeclName();
1696 
1697     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1698     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1699       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1700 
1701     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1702   }
1703 
1704   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1705   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1706     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1707 
1708   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1709   // with any extensions enabled.
1710   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1711     return;
1712 
1713   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1714   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1715   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1716     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1717     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1718   }
1719 
1720   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1721     return;
1722 
1723   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1724     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1725     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1726     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1727     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1728     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1729       return;
1730 
1731     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1732     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1733     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1734     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1735     //
1736     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1737     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1738     //
1739     //   struct S {
1740     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1741     //   };
1742     //
1743     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1744     // allow the above but disallow
1745     //
1746     //   struct S {
1747     //     typedef int I;
1748     //     typedef int I;
1749     //   };
1750     //
1751     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1752     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1753       return;
1754 
1755     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1756       << New->getDeclName();
1757     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1758     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1759   }
1760 
1761   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1762   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1763     return;
1764 
1765   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1766   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1767   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1768   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1769   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1770       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1771        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1772     return;
1773 
1774   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1775     << New->getDeclName();
1776   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1777   return;
1778 }
1779 
1780 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1781 /// attribute.
1782 static bool
1783 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1784   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1785   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1786   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1787   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1788   if (AA)
1789     return false;
1790 
1791   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1792   switch (A->getKind()) {
1793     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1794     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1795     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1796     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1797     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1798     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1799     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1800     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1801     case attr::GuardedBy:
1802     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1803     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1804     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1805       return false;
1806     default:
1807       ;
1808   }
1809 
1810   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1811   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1812   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1813     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1814       if (Ann) {
1815         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1816           return true;
1817         continue;
1818       }
1819       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1820       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1821         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1822       return true;
1823     }
1824 
1825   return false;
1826 }
1827 
1828 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1829   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1830     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1831   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1832     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1833   return true;
1834 }
1835 
1836 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1837 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1838 ///
1839 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1840 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1841   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1842   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1843   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1844   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1845   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1846   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1847          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1848          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1849     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1850     // in a case like:
1851     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1852     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1853     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1854     // definition in such a case.
1855     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1856       return false;
1857 
1858     if (I->isAlignas())
1859       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1860 
1861     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1862     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1863       OldAlign = Align;
1864       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1865     }
1866   }
1867 
1868   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1869   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1870   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1871   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1872          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1873          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1874     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1875       return false;
1876 
1877     if (I->isAlignas())
1878       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1879 
1880     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1881     if (Align > NewAlign)
1882       NewAlign = Align;
1883   }
1884 
1885   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1886     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1887     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1888     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1889     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1890 
1891     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1892     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1893     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1894       QualType Ty;
1895       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1896         Ty = VD->getType();
1897       else
1898         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1899 
1900       if (OldAlign == 0)
1901         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1902       if (NewAlign == 0)
1903         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1904     }
1905 
1906     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1907       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1908         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1909         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1910       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1911     }
1912   }
1913 
1914   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1915     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1916     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1917     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1918     //   equivalent alignment.
1919     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1920     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1921     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1922     //   have no alignment specifier.
1923     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1924       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1925     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1926       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1927   }
1928 
1929   bool AnyAdded = false;
1930 
1931   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1932   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1933     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1934     Clone->setInherited(true);
1935     New->addAttr(Clone);
1936     AnyAdded = true;
1937   }
1938 
1939   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1940   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1941       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1942     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1943     Clone->setInherited(true);
1944     New->addAttr(Clone);
1945     AnyAdded = true;
1946   }
1947 
1948   return AnyAdded;
1949 }
1950 
1951 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1952                                bool Override) {
1953   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1954   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1955   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1956     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1957                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1958                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1959                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1960                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1961   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1962     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1963                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1964   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1965     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1966                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1967   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1968     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1969                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1970   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1971     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1972                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1973   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1974     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1975                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1976                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1977   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1978     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1979                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1980   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1981     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1982     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1983     NewAttr = 0;
1984   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1985     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
1986 
1987   if (NewAttr) {
1988     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1989     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1990     return true;
1991   }
1992 
1993   return false;
1994 }
1995 
1996 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1997   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1998     return TD->getDefinition();
1999   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2000     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2001     if (Def)
2002       return Def;
2003     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2004   }
2005   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2006     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2007     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2008       return Def;
2009   }
2010   return NULL;
2011 }
2012 
2013 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2014   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2015        I != E; ++I) {
2016     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2017     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2018       return true;
2019   }
2020   return false;
2021 }
2022 
2023 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2024 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2025 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2026   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2027     return;
2028 
2029   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2030   if (!Def || Def == New)
2031     return;
2032 
2033   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2034   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2035     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2036 
2037     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2038       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2039         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2040       else {
2041         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2042         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2043                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2044                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2045                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2046         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2047         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2048         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2049       }
2050       ++I;
2051       continue;
2052     }
2053 
2054     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2055       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2056       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2057         ++I;
2058         continue;
2059       }
2060     }
2061 
2062     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2063       ++I;
2064       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2065     }
2066 
2067     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2068       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2069       ++I;
2070       continue;
2071     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2072       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2073         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2074         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2075         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2076         //   equivalent alignment.
2077         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2078         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2079         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2080         //   have no alignment specifier.
2081         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2082           << AA->isC11();
2083         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2084           << AA->isC11();
2085         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2086         --E;
2087         continue;
2088       }
2089     }
2090 
2091     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2092            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2093     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2094     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2095     --E;
2096   }
2097 }
2098 
2099 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2100 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2101                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2102   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2103     return;
2104 
2105   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2106   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2107 
2108   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2109     return;
2110 
2111   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2112 
2113   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2114   // we process them.
2115   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2116 
2117   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2118          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2119          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2120        i != e; ++i) {
2121     bool Override = false;
2122     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2123     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2124         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2125         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2126       switch (AMK) {
2127       case AMK_None:
2128         continue;
2129 
2130       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2131         break;
2132 
2133       case AMK_Override:
2134         Override = true;
2135         break;
2136       }
2137     }
2138 
2139     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2140       foundAny = true;
2141   }
2142 
2143   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2144     foundAny = true;
2145 
2146   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2147 }
2148 
2149 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2150 /// to the new one.
2151 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2152                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2153                                      Sema &S) {
2154   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2155   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2156   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2157   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2158   if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2159       !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2160     S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2161            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2162     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2163     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2164     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2165       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2166     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2167       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2168     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2169            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2170   }
2171 
2172   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2173     return;
2174 
2175   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2176 
2177   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2178   // done before we process them.
2179   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2180 
2181   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2182        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2183        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2184     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2185       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2186         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2187       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2188       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2189       foundAny = true;
2190     }
2191   }
2192 
2193   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2194 }
2195 
2196 namespace {
2197 
2198 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2199 /// C.
2200 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2201   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2202   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2203   QualType PromotedType;
2204 };
2205 
2206 }
2207 
2208 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2209 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2210   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2211     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2212       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2213 
2214     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2215       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2216 
2217     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2218       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2219   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2220     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2221   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2222     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2223   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2224     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2225   }
2226 
2227   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2228 }
2229 
2230 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2231 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2232 /// GNU89 mode.
2233 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2234                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2235   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2236           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2237           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2238           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2239 }
2240 
2241 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2242   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2243   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2244     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2245   return AT;
2246 }
2247 
2248 template <typename T>
2249 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2250   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2251   if (DC->isRecord())
2252     return false;
2253 
2254   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2255   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2256     return true;
2257   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2258     return true;
2259   return false;
2260 }
2261 
2262 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2263 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2264 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2265 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2266 ///
2267 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2268 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2269 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2270 /// merged with.
2271 ///
2272 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2273 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S,
2274                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2275   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2276   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2277   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2278         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2279     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2280   else
2281     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2282   if (!Old) {
2283     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2284       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2285         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2286         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2287              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2288         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2289              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2290         return true;
2291       }
2292 
2293       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2294       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2295            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2296       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2297            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2298       return true;
2299     }
2300 
2301     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2302       << New->getDeclName();
2303     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2304     return true;
2305   }
2306 
2307   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2308   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2309     return true;
2310 
2311   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2312   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2313   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2314   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2315     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2316   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2317     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2318   else
2319     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2320 
2321   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2322   // is an extern inline function.
2323   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2324   // storage classes.
2325   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2326       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2327       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2328       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2329       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2330     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2331       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2332       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2333     } else {
2334       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2335       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2336       return true;
2337     }
2338   }
2339 
2340 
2341   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2342   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2343   // convention of the first.
2344   //
2345   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2346   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2347   //
2348   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2349   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2350   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2351   //
2352   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2353   // other tests to run.
2354   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2355   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2356   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2357   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2358   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2359   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2360   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2361 
2362   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2363     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2364     const FunctionType *FT =
2365         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2366     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2367     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2368     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2369       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2370       // there but not here.
2371       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2372       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2373     } else {
2374       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2375       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2376       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2377         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2378         << !FirstCCExplicit
2379         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2380             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2381 
2382       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2383       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2384       return true;
2385     }
2386   }
2387 
2388   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2389   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2390     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2391     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2392   }
2393 
2394   // Merge regparm attribute.
2395   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2396       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2397     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2398       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2399         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2400         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2401       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2402       return true;
2403     }
2404 
2405     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2406     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2407   }
2408 
2409   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2410   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2411     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2412       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2413       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2414       return true;
2415     }
2416 
2417     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2418     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2419   }
2420 
2421   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2422     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2423     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2424     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2425     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2426     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2427   }
2428 
2429   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2430   // UndefinedButUsed.
2431   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2432       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2433       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2434       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2435       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2436     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2437                                            SourceLocation()));
2438 
2439   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2440   // about it.
2441   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2442       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2443     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2444   }
2445 
2446   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2447     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2448     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2449     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2450     //        cannot be overloaded.
2451 
2452     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2453     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2454     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2455     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2456     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2457     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2458       ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2459       : OldType)->getResultType();
2460     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2461       ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2462       : NewType)->getResultType();
2463     QualType ResQT;
2464     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2465         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2466           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2467       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2468           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2469         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2470       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2471         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2472           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2473                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2474         else
2475           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2476         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2477         return true;
2478       }
2479       else
2480         NewQType = ResQT;
2481     }
2482 
2483     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2484     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2485     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2486       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2487       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2488       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2489       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2490         New->setType(
2491             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2492                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2493                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2494         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2495             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2496                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2497                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2498       }
2499     }
2500 
2501     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2502     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2503     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2504       // Preserve triviality.
2505       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2506 
2507       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2508       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2509       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2510       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2511                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2512                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2513       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2514 
2515       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2516           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2517         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2518         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2519         //       is a static member function declaration.
2520         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2521           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2522           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2523           return true;
2524         }
2525 
2526         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2527         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2528         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2529         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2530         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2531           unsigned NewDiag;
2532           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2533             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2534           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2535             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2536           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2537             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2538           else
2539             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2540 
2541           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2542         } else {
2543           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2544             << New << New->getType();
2545         }
2546         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2547 
2548       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2549       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2550       //
2551       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2552       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2553       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2554         if (isFriend) {
2555           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2556         } else {
2557           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2558                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2559             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2560           return true;
2561         }
2562       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2563         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2564              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2565           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2566         return true;
2567       }
2568     }
2569 
2570     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2571     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2572     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2573     //   attribute.
2574     if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2575         !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2576       Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2577            diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2578       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2579            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2580     }
2581 
2582     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2583     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2584     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2585     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2586     if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2587         !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2588       Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2589            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2590       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2591            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2592     }
2593 
2594     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2595     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2596     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2597     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2598 
2599     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2600     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2601     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2602       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2603       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2604         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2605       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2606       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2607     }
2608 
2609     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2610       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2611       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2612       //
2613       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2614       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2615       // linkage within class scope.
2616       //
2617       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2618       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2619         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2620         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2621       } else {
2622         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2623         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2624         return true;
2625       }
2626     }
2627 
2628     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2629       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2630 
2631     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2632         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2633       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2634       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2635       // when we instantiate the function.
2636       return false;
2637     }
2638 
2639     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2640   }
2641 
2642   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2643   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2644   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2645       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2646     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2647     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2648     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2649     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2650         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2651       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2652       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2653       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2654       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2655                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2656       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2657                                          ParamTypes,
2658                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2659       New->setType(NewQType);
2660       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2661 
2662       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2663       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2664       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2665              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2666              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2667            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2668         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2669                                                  SourceLocation(),
2670                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2671                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2672                                                  SC_None,
2673                                                  0);
2674         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2675         Param->setImplicit();
2676         Params.push_back(Param);
2677       }
2678 
2679       New->setParams(Params);
2680     }
2681 
2682     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2683   }
2684 
2685   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2686   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2687   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2688   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2689   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2690   // the prototype.
2691   //
2692   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2693   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2694   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2695   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2696   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2697       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2698       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2699       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2700     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2701     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2702     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2703       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2704     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2705       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2706 
2707     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2708     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2709                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2710     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2711     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2712          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2713       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2714       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2715       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2716                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2717         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2718       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2719                                             NewParm->getType(),
2720                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2721         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2722           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2723         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2724         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2725       } else
2726         LooseCompatible = false;
2727     }
2728 
2729     if (LooseCompatible) {
2730       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2731         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2732              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2733           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2734           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2735         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2736           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2737                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2738       }
2739 
2740       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2741         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2742                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2743       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2744     }
2745 
2746     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2747   }
2748 
2749   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2750   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2751 
2752   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2753   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2754   unsigned BuiltinID;
2755   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2756     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2757     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2758     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2759       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2760       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2761         << Old << Old->getType();
2762 
2763       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2764       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2765       //
2766       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2767       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2768       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2769       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2770       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2771       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2772         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2773 
2774       return false;
2775     }
2776 
2777     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2778   }
2779 
2780   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2781   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2782   return true;
2783 }
2784 
2785 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2786 /// known to be compatible.
2787 ///
2788 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2789 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2790 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2791 /// redeclaration of Old.
2792 ///
2793 /// \returns false
2794 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2795                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2796   // Merge the attributes
2797   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2798 
2799   // Merge "pure" flag.
2800   if (Old->isPure())
2801     New->setPure();
2802 
2803   // Merge "used" flag.
2804   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2805     New->setIsUsed();
2806 
2807   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2808   // declarations.
2809   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2810     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2811       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2812                                *this);
2813 
2814   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2815     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2816 
2817   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2818   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2819   // was visible.
2820   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2821   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2822     New->setType(Merged);
2823 
2824   return false;
2825 }
2826 
2827 
2828 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2829                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2830 
2831   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2832   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2833     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2834                                                    : AMK_Override;
2835   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2836 
2837   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2838   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2839                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2840   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2841          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2842        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2843     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2844 
2845   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2846 }
2847 
2848 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2849 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2850 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2851 ///
2852 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2853 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2854 /// is attached.
2855 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2856                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2857   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2858     return;
2859 
2860   QualType MergedT;
2861   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2862     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2863       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2864       return;
2865     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2866       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2867       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2868     }
2869     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2870     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2871     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2872     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2873     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2874     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2875              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2876       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2877       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2878       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2879                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2880         MergedT = New->getType();
2881     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2882                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2883       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2884       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2885       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2886                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2887         MergedT = Old->getType();
2888     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2889                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2890       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2891                                               Old->getType());
2892     }
2893   } else {
2894     // C 6.2.7p2:
2895     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
2896     //   compatible type.
2897     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2898   }
2899   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2900     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
2901     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
2902     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
2903     // equivalent.
2904     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
2905     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
2906          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2907       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
2908       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
2909       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
2910       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2911         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
2912       return;
2913     }
2914 
2915     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
2916     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
2917     //
2918     //   extern int arr[];
2919     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
2920     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
2921     //
2922     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
2923     // to diagnose it.
2924     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2925       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2926     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2927     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2928   }
2929 
2930   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2931   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
2932   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2933     New->setType(MergedT);
2934 }
2935 
2936 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
2937                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
2938   // C11 6.2.7p4:
2939   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
2940   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
2941   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
2942   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
2943   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
2944   //
2945   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
2946   if (Previous.isShadowed())
2947     return false;
2948 
2949   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2950     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
2951     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
2952     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
2953     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
2954     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
2955            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
2956             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
2957   } else {
2958     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
2959     // type unless we're in the same function.
2960     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
2961            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
2962   }
2963 }
2964 
2965 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2966 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2967 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2968 ///
2969 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2970 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2971 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2972 ///
2973 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2974   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2975   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2976     return;
2977 
2978   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
2979   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2980   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
2981       (Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2982     if (New->getDescribedVarTemplate())
2983       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? Old : 0;
2984     else
2985       Old = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate() ? 0 : Old;
2986   }
2987   if (!Old) {
2988     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2989       << New->getDeclName();
2990     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2991          diag::note_previous_definition);
2992     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2993   }
2994 
2995   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2996     return;
2997 
2998   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2999   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3000   //
3001   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3002   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3003     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3004       << New->getIdentifier();
3005     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3006     New->setInvalidDecl();
3007   }
3008 
3009   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3010   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3011   // declaration
3012   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3013       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3014       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3015     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3016     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3017     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3018     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3019   }
3020 
3021   // Merge the types.
3022   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3023 
3024   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3025     return;
3026 
3027   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3028   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3029       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3030       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3031     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
3032     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3033     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3034   }
3035   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3036   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3037   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3038   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3039   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3040   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3041   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3042   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3043   //   identifier has external linkage.
3044   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3045     /* Okay */;
3046   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3047            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3048            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3049     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3050     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3051     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3052   }
3053 
3054   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3055   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3056       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3057     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3058     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3059     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3060   }
3061   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3062       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3063     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3064     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3065     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3066   }
3067 
3068   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3069 
3070   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3071   // need to check for mismatches.
3072   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3073       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3074       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3075         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3076     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3077     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3078     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3079   }
3080 
3081   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3082     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3083       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3084       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3085     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3086       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3087       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3088     } else {
3089       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3090       // static and dynamic initialization.
3091       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3092       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3093       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3094         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3095       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3096     }
3097   }
3098 
3099   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3100   const VarDecl *Def;
3101   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3102       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3103       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3104     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3105     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3106     New->setInvalidDecl();
3107     return;
3108   }
3109 
3110   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3111     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3112     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3113     New->setInvalidDecl();
3114     return;
3115   }
3116 
3117   // Merge "used" flag.
3118   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3119     New->setIsUsed();
3120 
3121   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3122   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3123 
3124   // Inherit access appropriately.
3125   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3126 
3127   if (VarTemplateDecl *VTD = New->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
3128     if (New->isStaticDataMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3129       VTD->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3130   }
3131 }
3132 
3133 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3134 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3135 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3136                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3137   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3138 }
3139 
3140 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag) {
3141   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3142     return;
3143 
3144   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3145     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3146     // it is anonymous.
3147     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3148       return;
3149     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3150         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3151     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag));
3152     return;
3153   }
3154 
3155   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3156   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3157   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3158           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3159                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3160     S.Context.setManglingNumber(Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag));
3161   }
3162 }
3163 
3164 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3165 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3166 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3167 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3168                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3169                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3170                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3171   Decl *TagD = 0;
3172   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3173   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3174       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3175       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3176       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3177       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3178     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3179 
3180     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3181       return 0;
3182 
3183     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3184     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3185     // it's a Type.
3186     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3187       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3188     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3189       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3190   }
3191 
3192   if (Tag) {
3193     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
3194     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3195     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3196       return Tag;
3197   }
3198 
3199   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3200     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3201     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3202     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3203       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3204            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3205            << DS.getSourceRange();
3206   }
3207 
3208   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3209     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3210     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3211     if (Tag)
3212       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3213         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3214             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3215             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3216             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3217     else
3218       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3219     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3220     return TagD;
3221   }
3222 
3223   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3224 
3225   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3226     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3227     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3228     if (TagD && !Tag)
3229       return 0;
3230     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3231   }
3232 
3233   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3234   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3235     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3236   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3237       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3238     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3239     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3240     // or an explicit specialization.
3241     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3242     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3243       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3244           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3245           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3246           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3247       << SS.getRange();
3248     return 0;
3249   }
3250 
3251   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3252   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3253 
3254   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3255   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3256     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3257         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3258       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3259           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3260         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3261 
3262       DeclaresAnything = false;
3263     }
3264   }
3265 
3266   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3267   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3268       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3269       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3270     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3271     //   struct STRUCT;
3272     // and
3273     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3274     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3275     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3276         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3277          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3278       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3279         << DS.getSourceRange();
3280       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3281     }
3282   }
3283 
3284   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3285   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3286       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3287     return TagD;
3288 
3289   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3290       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3291     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3292       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3293           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3294         DeclaresAnything = false;
3295 
3296   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3297     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3298     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3299       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3300         << DS.getSourceRange();
3301     else
3302       DeclaresAnything = false;
3303   }
3304 
3305   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3306       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3307     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3308       << Tag->getTagKind()
3309       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3310 
3311   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3312 
3313   // C 6.7/2:
3314   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3315   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3316   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3317   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3318   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3319   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3320   //   previous declaration.
3321   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3322     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3323     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3324     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3325     return TagD;
3326   }
3327 
3328   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3329   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3330   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3331   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3332   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3333   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3334   //
3335   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3336   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3337   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3338     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3339 
3340   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3341   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3342   // useless.
3343   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3344     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3345       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3346         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3347 
3348   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3349     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3350       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3351   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3352     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3353       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3354     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3355       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3356     // Restrict is covered above.
3357     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3358       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3359   }
3360 
3361   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3362   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3363   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3364   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3365     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3366     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3367         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3368         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3369         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3370         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3371       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3372       while (attrs) {
3373         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3374         << attrs->getName()
3375         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3376             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3377             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3378             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3379         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3380       }
3381     }
3382   }
3383 
3384   return TagD;
3385 }
3386 
3387 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3388 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3389 ///
3390 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3391 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3392                                          Scope *S,
3393                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3394                                          DeclarationName Name,
3395                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3396                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3397   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3398                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3399   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3400 
3401   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3402     return false;
3403 
3404   // Pick a representative declaration.
3405   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3406   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3407 
3408   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3409     return false;
3410 
3411   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3412   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3413 
3414   return true;
3415 }
3416 
3417 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3418 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3419 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3420 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3421 /// struct, e.g.,
3422 ///
3423 /// @code
3424 /// union {
3425 ///   int i;
3426 ///   float f;
3427 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3428 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3429 /// @endcode
3430 ///
3431 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3432 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3433 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3434                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3435                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3436                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3437                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3438                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3439   unsigned diagKind
3440     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3441                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3442 
3443   bool Invalid = false;
3444 
3445   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3446   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3447                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3448        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3449     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3450         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3451       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3452       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3453                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3454         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3455         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3456         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3457         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3458         Invalid = true;
3459       } else {
3460         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3461         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3462         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3463         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3464         //   anonymous union is declared.
3465         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3466         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3467           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3468                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3469             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3470         else
3471           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3472 
3473         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3474         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3475           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3476         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3477           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3478 
3479         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3480           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3481                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3482                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3483 
3484         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3485         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3486         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3487 
3488         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3489         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3490 
3491         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3492       }
3493     }
3494   }
3495 
3496   return Invalid;
3497 }
3498 
3499 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3500 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3501 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3502 static StorageClass
3503 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3504   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3505   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3506          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3507   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3508   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3509   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3510     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3511       return SC_None;
3512     return SC_Extern;
3513   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3514   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3515   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3516   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3517     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3518   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3519   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3520   }
3521   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3522 }
3523 
3524 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3525 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3526 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3527 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3528 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3529                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3530                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3531   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3532 
3533   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3534   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3535     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3536   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3537     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3538   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3539     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3540 
3541   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3542   // structs/unions.
3543   bool Invalid = false;
3544   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3545     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3546     unsigned DiagID;
3547     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3548       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3549       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3550       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3551       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3552           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3553            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3554             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3555         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3556           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3557 
3558         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3559         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3560                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3561       }
3562       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3563       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3564       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3565       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3566                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3567         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3568              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3569           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3570 
3571         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3572         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3573                                SourceLocation(),
3574                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3575       }
3576     }
3577 
3578     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3579     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3580       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3581         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3582           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3583           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3584       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3585         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3586              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3587           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3588           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3589       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3590         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3591              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3592           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3593           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3594       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3595         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3596              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3597           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3598           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3599 
3600       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3601     }
3602 
3603     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3604     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3605     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3606     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3607     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3608                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3609          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3610       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3611         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3612         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3613         //   members (clause 11).
3614         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3615         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3616           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3617             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3618           Invalid = true;
3619         }
3620 
3621         // C++ [class.union]p1
3622         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3623         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3624         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3625         //   array of such objects.
3626         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3627           Invalid = true;
3628       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3629         // Any implicit members are fine.
3630       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3631         // This is a type that showed up in an
3632         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3633         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3634         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3635       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3636         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3637             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3638           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3639           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3640             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3641               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3642           else {
3643             // This is a nested type declaration.
3644             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3645               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3646             Invalid = true;
3647           }
3648         } else {
3649           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3650           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3651           // not part of standard C++.
3652           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3653                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3654             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3655         }
3656       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3657         // Any access specifier is fine.
3658       } else {
3659         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3660         // member. Complain about it.
3661         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3662         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3663           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3664         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3665           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3666         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3667           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3668 
3669         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3670         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3671             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3672           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3673             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3674         else {
3675           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3676               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3677           Invalid = true;
3678         }
3679       }
3680     }
3681   }
3682 
3683   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3684     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3685       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3686     Invalid = true;
3687   }
3688 
3689   // Mock up a declarator.
3690   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3691   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3692   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3693 
3694   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3695   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3696   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3697     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3698                              DS.getLocStart(),
3699                              Record->getLocation(),
3700                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3701                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3702                              TInfo,
3703                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3704                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3705     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3706     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3707       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3708   } else {
3709     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3710     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3711     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3712       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3713       // an error here
3714       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3715       Invalid = true;
3716       SC = SC_None;
3717     }
3718 
3719     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3720                            DS.getLocStart(),
3721                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3722                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3723                            TInfo, SC);
3724 
3725     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3726     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3727     // initializer:
3728     //   union { int n = 0; };
3729     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3730   }
3731   Anon->setImplicit();
3732 
3733   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3734   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3735   // its members.
3736   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3737 
3738   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3739   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3740   // purposes.
3741   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3742   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3743 
3744   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3745                                           Chain, false))
3746     Invalid = true;
3747 
3748   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3749   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3750   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3751   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3752   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3753   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3754   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3755 
3756   if (Invalid)
3757     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3758 
3759   return Anon;
3760 }
3761 
3762 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3763 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3764 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3765 /// Example:
3766 ///
3767 /// struct A { int a; };
3768 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3769 ///
3770 /// void foo() {
3771 ///   B var;
3772 ///   var.a = 3;
3773 /// }
3774 ///
3775 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3776                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3777 
3778   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3779   if (!Record)
3780     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3781 
3782   // Mock up a declarator.
3783   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3784   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3785   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3786 
3787   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3788   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3789                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3790                              DS.getLocStart(),
3791                              DS.getLocStart(),
3792                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3793                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3794                              TInfo,
3795                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3796                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3797   Anon->setImplicit();
3798 
3799   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3800   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3801 
3802   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3803   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3804   // purposes.
3805   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3806   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3807 
3808   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3809   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3810                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3811                                                         Chain, true))
3812     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3813 
3814   return Anon;
3815 }
3816 
3817 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3818 /// given Declarator.
3819 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3820   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3821 }
3822 
3823 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3824 DeclarationNameInfo
3825 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3826   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3827   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3828 
3829   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3830 
3831   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3832   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3833     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3834     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3835     return NameInfo;
3836 
3837   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3838     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3839                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3840     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3841     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3842       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3843     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3844       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3845     return NameInfo;
3846 
3847   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3848     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3849                                                            Name.Identifier));
3850     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3851     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3852     return NameInfo;
3853 
3854   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3855     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3856     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3857     if (Ty.isNull())
3858       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3859     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3860                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3861     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3862     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3863     return NameInfo;
3864   }
3865 
3866   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3867     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3868     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3869     if (Ty.isNull())
3870       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3871     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3872                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3873     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3874     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3875     return NameInfo;
3876   }
3877 
3878   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3879     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3880     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3881     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3882     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3883     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3884       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3885 
3886     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3887     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3888 
3889     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3890     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3891     // was qualified.
3892 
3893     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3894                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3895     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3896     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3897     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3898     return NameInfo;
3899   }
3900 
3901   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3902     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3903     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3904     if (Ty.isNull())
3905       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3906     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3907                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3908     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3909     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3910     return NameInfo;
3911   }
3912 
3913   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3914     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3915     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3916     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3917   }
3918 
3919   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3920 
3921   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3922 }
3923 
3924 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3925   do {
3926     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3927       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3928     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3929       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3930     else
3931       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3932   } while (true);
3933 }
3934 
3935 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3936 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3937 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3938 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3939 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3940 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3941 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3942 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3943                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3944                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3945                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3946   Params.clear();
3947   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3948     return false;
3949   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3950     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3951     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3952 
3953     // The parameter types are identical
3954     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3955       continue;
3956 
3957     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3958     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3959     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3960     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3961 
3962     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3963         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3964       Params.push_back(Idx);
3965     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3966       return false;
3967   }
3968 
3969   return true;
3970 }
3971 
3972 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3973 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3974 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3975 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3976 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3977 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3978                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3979   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3980   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3981   //   - types which will become injected class names
3982   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3983   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3984   // few cases here.
3985 
3986   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3987   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3988   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3989   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3990   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3991   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3992     // Grab the type from the parser.
3993     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3994     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3995     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3996 
3997     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3998     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3999     // attached already.
4000     if (!TSI)
4001       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4002 
4003     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4004     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4005     if (!TSI) return true;
4006 
4007     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4008     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4009     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4010     break;
4011   }
4012 
4013   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4014   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4015     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4016     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4017     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4018     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4019     break;
4020   }
4021 
4022   default:
4023     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4024     break;
4025   }
4026 
4027   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4028   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4029     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4030 
4031     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4032     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4033     // pointer.
4034     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4035       continue;
4036 
4037     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4038     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4039     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4040       return true;
4041   }
4042 
4043   return false;
4044 }
4045 
4046 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4047   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4048   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4049 
4050   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4051       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4052     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4053 
4054   return Dcl;
4055 }
4056 
4057 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4058 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4059 ///   name different from T:
4060 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4061 ///     - every member function of class T
4062 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4063 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4064 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4065                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4066   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4067 
4068   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4069     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4070       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4071       return true;
4072     }
4073 
4074   return false;
4075 }
4076 
4077 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4078 /// nested-name-specifier.
4079 ///
4080 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4081 ///
4082 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4083 /// resolves.
4084 ///
4085 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4086 ///
4087 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4088 ///
4089 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4090 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4091                                         DeclarationName Name,
4092                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
4093   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4094   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4095     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4096 
4097   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4098   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
4099   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
4100   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
4101   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
4102   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
4103   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
4104   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
4105 
4106   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4107   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
4108   //
4109   // class X {
4110   //   void X::f();
4111   // };
4112   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4113     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4114                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4115       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4116     SS.clear();
4117     return false;
4118   }
4119 
4120   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4121   // declaration.
4122   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4123     if (Cur->isRecord())
4124       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4125         << Name << SS.getRange();
4126     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4127       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4128         << Name << SS.getRange();
4129     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4130       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4131         << Name << SS.getRange();
4132     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4133       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4134         << Name << SS.getRange();
4135     else
4136       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4137       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4138 
4139     return true;
4140   }
4141 
4142   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4143     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4144     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4145       << Name << SS.getRange();
4146     SS.clear();
4147 
4148     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4149     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4150     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4151     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4152          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4153         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4154                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4155       return true;
4156 
4157     return false;
4158   }
4159 
4160   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4161   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4162   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4163   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4164   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4165     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4166   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4167         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4168     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4169       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4170 
4171   return false;
4172 }
4173 
4174 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4175                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4176   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4177   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4178   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4179 
4180   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4181   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4182   if (!Name) {
4183     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4184       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4185            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4186         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4187     return 0;
4188   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4189     return 0;
4190 
4191   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4192   // we find one that is.
4193   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4194          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4195     S = S->getParent();
4196 
4197   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4198   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4199     D.setInvalidType();
4200   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4201     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4202                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4203       return 0;
4204 
4205     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4206     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4207     if (!DC) {
4208       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4209       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4210       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4211       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4212       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4213            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4214         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4215         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4216       return 0;
4217     }
4218     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4219 
4220     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4221         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4222       return 0;
4223 
4224     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4225       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4226            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4227         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4228       D.setInvalidType();
4229     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4230       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4231                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4232         if (DC->isRecord())
4233           return 0;
4234 
4235         D.setInvalidType();
4236       }
4237     }
4238 
4239     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4240     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4241     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4242         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4243       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4244       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4245         D.setInvalidType();
4246     }
4247   }
4248 
4249   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4250     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4251     // Just return early; it's safer.
4252     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4253       return 0;
4254 
4255   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4256   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4257 
4258   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4259                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4260     D.setInvalidType();
4261 
4262   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4263                         ForRedeclaration);
4264 
4265   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4266   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4267     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4268     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4269 
4270     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4271     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4272     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4273     //
4274     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4275     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4276     // the same name.
4277     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4278       /* Do nothing*/;
4279     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4280              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4281               R->isFunctionType())) {
4282       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4283       CreateBuiltins =
4284           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4285     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4286                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4287       CreateBuiltins = true;
4288 
4289     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4290       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4291 
4292     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4293   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4294     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4295 
4296     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4297     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4298     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4299     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4300     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4301     //  thereof; [...]
4302     //
4303     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4304     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4305     // we want to match. For example, given:
4306     //
4307     //   class X {
4308     //     void f();
4309     //     void f(float);
4310     //   };
4311     //
4312     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4313     //
4314     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4315     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4316     // matches.
4317 
4318     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4319     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4320     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4321     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4322     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4323   }
4324 
4325   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4326       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4327     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4328     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4329       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4330                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4331 
4332     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4333     Previous.clear();
4334   }
4335 
4336   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4337   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4338   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4339   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4340   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4341       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4342     Previous.clear();
4343 
4344   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4345   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4346   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4347     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4348 
4349   NamedDecl *New;
4350 
4351   bool AddToScope = true;
4352   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4353     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4354       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4355       return 0;
4356     }
4357 
4358     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4359   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4360     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4361                                   TemplateParamLists,
4362                                   AddToScope);
4363   } else {
4364     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4365                                   AddToScope);
4366   }
4367 
4368   if (New == 0)
4369     return 0;
4370 
4371   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4372   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4373   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4374        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4375     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4376     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4377     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4378     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4379     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4380     if (!AddToContext)
4381       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4382   }
4383 
4384   return New;
4385 }
4386 
4387 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4388 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4389 /// GCC compatibility).
4390 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4391                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4392                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4393                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4394   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4395   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4396   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4397   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4398   SizeIsNegative = false;
4399   Oversized = 0;
4400 
4401   if (T->isDependentType())
4402     return QualType();
4403 
4404   QualifierCollector Qs;
4405   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4406 
4407   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4408     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4409     QualType FixedType =
4410         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4411                                             Oversized);
4412     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4413     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4414     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4415   }
4416   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4417     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4418     QualType FixedType =
4419         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4420                                             Oversized);
4421     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4422     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4423     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4424   }
4425 
4426   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4427   if (!VLATy)
4428     return QualType();
4429   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4430   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4431     return QualType();
4432 
4433   llvm::APSInt Res;
4434   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4435       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4436     return QualType();
4437 
4438   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4439   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4440     SizeIsNegative = true;
4441     return QualType();
4442   }
4443 
4444   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4445   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4446     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4447                                               Res);
4448   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4449     Oversized = Res;
4450     return QualType();
4451   }
4452 
4453   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4454                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4455 }
4456 
4457 static void
4458 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4459   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4460     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4461     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4462                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4463     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4464     return;
4465   }
4466   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4467     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4468     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4469                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4470     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4471     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4472     return;
4473   }
4474   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4475   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4476   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4477   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4478   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4479   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4480   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4481   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4482 }
4483 
4484 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4485 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4486 /// GCC compatibility).
4487 static TypeSourceInfo*
4488 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4489                                               ASTContext &Context,
4490                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4491                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4492   QualType FixedTy
4493     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4494                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4495   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4496     return 0;
4497   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4498   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4499                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4500   return FixedTInfo;
4501 }
4502 
4503 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4504 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4505 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4506 /// function-scope declarations.
4507 void
4508 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4509   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4510       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4511     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4512     return;
4513 
4514   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4515   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4516   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4517   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4518 }
4519 
4520 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4521   if (ExternalSource) {
4522     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4523     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4524     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4525     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4526     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4527       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4528         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4529       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4530         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4531     }
4532   }
4533 
4534   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4535   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0;
4536 }
4537 
4538 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4539 /// does not identify a function.
4540 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4541   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4542   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4543   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4544     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4545          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4546 
4547   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4548     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4549          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4550 
4551   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4552     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4553          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4554 
4555   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4556     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4557          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4558 }
4559 
4560 NamedDecl*
4561 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4562                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4563   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4564   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4565     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4566       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4567     D.setInvalidType();
4568     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4569     DC = CurContext;
4570     Previous.clear();
4571   }
4572 
4573   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4574 
4575   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4576     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4577       << 1;
4578 
4579   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4580     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4581       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4582     return 0;
4583   }
4584 
4585   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4586   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4587 
4588   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4589   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4590 
4591   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4592 
4593   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4594   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4595   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4596   return ND;
4597 }
4598 
4599 void
4600 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4601   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4602   // then it shall have block scope.
4603   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4604   // that redeclarations will match.
4605   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4606   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4607   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4608     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4609 
4610     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4611       bool SizeIsNegative;
4612       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4613       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4614         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4615                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4616                                                       Oversized);
4617       if (FixedTInfo) {
4618         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4619         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4620       } else {
4621         if (SizeIsNegative)
4622           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4623         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4624           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4625         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4626           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4627             << Oversized.toString(10);
4628         else
4629           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4630         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4631       }
4632     }
4633   }
4634 }
4635 
4636 
4637 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4638 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4639 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4640 NamedDecl*
4641 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4642                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4643   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4644   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4645   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4646                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4647   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4648   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4649     Redeclaration = true;
4650     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4651   }
4652 
4653   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4654   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4655     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4656         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4657       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4658         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4659       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4660         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4661       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4662         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4663       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4664         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4665     }
4666 
4667   return NewTD;
4668 }
4669 
4670 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4671 /// previous declaration.
4672 ///
4673 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4674 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4675 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4676 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4677 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4678 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4679 ///
4680 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4681 /// lookup
4682 ///
4683 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4684 /// declared.
4685 ///
4686 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4687 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4688 static bool
4689 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4690                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4691   if (!PrevDecl)
4692     return false;
4693 
4694   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4695     return false;
4696 
4697   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4698     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4699     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4700     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4701     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4702     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4703     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4704     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4705     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4706       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4707       return false;
4708 
4709     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4710     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4711       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4712       return false;
4713 
4714     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4715     // previous declarations.
4716     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4717     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4718 
4719     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4720     // isn't the same function.
4721     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4722       return false;
4723   }
4724 
4725   return true;
4726 }
4727 
4728 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4729   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4730   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4731   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4732 }
4733 
4734 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4735   QualType type = decl->getType();
4736   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4737   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4738     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4739     unsigned kind = -1U;
4740     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4741       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4742         kind = 0; // __block
4743       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4744         kind = 1; // global
4745     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4746       kind = 3; // ivar
4747     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4748       kind = 2; // field
4749     }
4750 
4751     if (kind != -1U) {
4752       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4753         << kind;
4754     }
4755   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4756     // Try to infer lifetime.
4757     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4758       return false;
4759 
4760     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4761     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4762     decl->setType(type);
4763   }
4764 
4765   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4766     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4767     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4768         var->getTLSKind()) {
4769       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4770         << var->getType();
4771       return true;
4772     }
4773   }
4774 
4775   return false;
4776 }
4777 
4778 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4779   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4780   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4781     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4782       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4783       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4784     }
4785   }
4786   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4787     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4788       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4789       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4790     }
4791   }
4792 
4793   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4794   // It does not apply to functions.
4795   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4796     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4797       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4798       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4799     }
4800   }
4801 }
4802 
4803 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4804 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4805 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4806 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4807   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4808 
4809   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4810   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4811 
4812   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4813   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4814     return false;
4815 
4816   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4817 
4818 #ifndef NDEBUG
4819   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4820   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4821   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4822   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4823   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4824 #endif
4825 
4826   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4827 
4828 #ifndef NDEBUG
4829   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4830 #endif
4831 
4832   return isC99Inline;
4833 }
4834 
4835 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
4836 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
4837 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
4838 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
4839 ///
4840 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
4841 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
4842 ///
4843 /// For instance:
4844 ///
4845 ///   auto x = []{};
4846 ///
4847 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
4848 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
4849 ///
4850 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
4851 template<typename T>
4852 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
4853   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4854     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
4855     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
4856       return false;
4857   }
4858   return D->isExternC();
4859 }
4860 
4861 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4862   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4863   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4864     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4865   if (DC->isFileContext())
4866     return true;
4867   if (DC->isRecord())
4868     return false;
4869   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4870 }
4871 
4872 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4873   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4874   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4875     return true;
4876   if (DC->isRecord())
4877     return false;
4878   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4879 }
4880 
4881 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
4882 /// function-local external declaration.
4883 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
4884   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4885     return false;
4886 
4887   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
4888   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
4889   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
4890   if (DC->isDependentContext())
4891     return true;
4892 
4893   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
4894   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
4895   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
4896   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
4897   //
4898   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
4899   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
4900   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
4901     DC = DC->getParent();
4902   return true;
4903 }
4904 
4905 NamedDecl *
4906 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4907                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4908                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
4909                               bool &AddToScope) {
4910   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4911   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4912 
4913   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4914   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4915     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4916 
4917   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
4918   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
4919                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
4920 
4921   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4922     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4923     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4924     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4925       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4926       D.setInvalidType();
4927     }
4928   }
4929 
4930   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4931     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4932     // an error here
4933     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4934     D.setInvalidType();
4935     SC = SC_None;
4936   }
4937 
4938   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4939       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4940                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4941     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4942     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4943     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4944     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4945          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4946       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4947   }
4948 
4949   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4950   if (!II) {
4951     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4952       << Name;
4953     return 0;
4954   }
4955 
4956   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4957 
4958   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4959     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4960     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4961     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4962       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4963       // is a GNU extension.
4964       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4965         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4966       else
4967         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4968       D.setInvalidType();
4969     }
4970   }
4971 
4972   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4973     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4974     // OpenCL __local address space.
4975     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4976       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4977     }
4978 
4979     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
4980     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
4981     // space qualifiers.
4982     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
4983       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
4984       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
4985     }
4986 
4987     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
4988     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
4989     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
4990     // address space qualifiers.
4991     if (R->isEventT()) {
4992       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
4993         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
4994         D.setInvalidType();
4995       }
4996 
4997       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
4998         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
4999         D.setInvalidType();
5000       }
5001     }
5002   }
5003 
5004   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5005   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5006   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5007   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5008   VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5009   VarDecl *NewVD = 0;
5010   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0;
5011   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5012     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5013                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5014                             R, TInfo, SC);
5015 
5016     if (D.isInvalidType())
5017       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5018   } else {
5019     bool Invalid = false;
5020 
5021     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5022       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5023       switch (SC) {
5024       case SC_None:
5025         break;
5026       case SC_Static:
5027         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5028              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5029           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5030         break;
5031       case SC_Auto:
5032       case SC_Register:
5033       case SC_Extern:
5034         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5035         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5036         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5037         // of class members
5038 
5039         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5040              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5041           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5042         break;
5043       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5044         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5045       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5046         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5047       }
5048     }
5049 
5050     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5051       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5052         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5053           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5054                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5055             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5056 
5057         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5058         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5059         if (RD->isUnion())
5060           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5061                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5062                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5063                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5064         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5065         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5066           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5067                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5068             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5069       }
5070     }
5071 
5072     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
5073     if (Previous.begin() != Previous.end())
5074       PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
5075     PrevVarTemplate = dyn_cast_or_null<VarTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl);
5076 
5077     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5078     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5079     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
5080         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5081             D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5082             D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists,
5083             /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5084     if (TemplateParams) {
5085       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5086           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5087         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5088         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5089         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5090              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5091           << II
5092           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5093                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5094       } else {
5095         // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5096         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5097              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5098                  ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5099                  : diag::ext_variable_template);
5100 
5101         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5102           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5103           // Check that we can declare a specialization here
5104 
5105           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5106           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5107 
5108         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5109           // This is a template declaration.
5110           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5111 
5112           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5113           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5114             return 0;
5115 
5116           // If there is a previous declaration with the same name, check
5117           // whether this is a valid redeclaration.
5118           if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, DC, S))
5119             PrevDecl = PrevVarTemplate = 0;
5120 
5121           if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5122             // Ensure that the template parameter lists are compatible.
5123             if (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(
5124                     TemplateParams, PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5125                     /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
5126               return 0;
5127           } else if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
5128             // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5129             DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
5130 
5131             // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5132             PrevDecl = 0;
5133           } else if (PrevDecl) {
5134             // C++ [temp]p5:
5135             // ... a template name declared in namespace scope or in class
5136             // scope shall be unique in that scope.
5137             Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
5138                 << Name;
5139             Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
5140             return 0;
5141           }
5142 
5143           // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5144           // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5145           // template declaration.
5146           if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5147                   TemplateParams,
5148                   PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5149                                   : 0,
5150                   (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5151                    DC->isDependentContext())
5152                       ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5153                       : TPC_VarTemplate))
5154             Invalid = true;
5155 
5156           if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5157             // If the name of the template was qualified, we must be defining
5158             // the template out-of-line.
5159             if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid() && !Invalid &&
5160                 !PrevVarTemplate) {
5161               Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match)
5162                   << Name << DC << /*IsDefinition*/true
5163                   << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5164               Invalid = true;
5165             }
5166           }
5167         }
5168       }
5169     } else if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5170       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5171 
5172       // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5173       // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5174       // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5175       // too few of them).
5176       // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
5177       // (starting with "template") and the rest.
5178       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5179           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5180           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5181                                         "template<> ");
5182       IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5183     }
5184 
5185     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5186       if (!PrevVarTemplate) {
5187         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_var_spec_no_template)
5188             << IsPartialSpecialization;
5189         return 0;
5190       }
5191 
5192       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5193           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5194               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5195               : SourceLocation();
5196       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5197           S, PrevVarTemplate, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5198           IsPartialSpecialization);
5199       if (Res.isInvalid())
5200         return 0;
5201       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5202       AddToScope = false;
5203     } else
5204       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5205                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5206 
5207     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5208     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5209       NewTemplate =
5210           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5211                                   TemplateParams, NewVD, PrevVarTemplate);
5212       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5213     }
5214 
5215     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5216     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5217     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5218       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5219 
5220     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5221       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5222       if (NewTemplate)
5223         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5224     }
5225 
5226     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5227 
5228     // FIXME: Do we need D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()?
5229     if (TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 1 &&
5230         (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization || D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())) {
5231       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5232           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, TemplateParamLists.data());
5233     } else if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization ||
5234                (!TemplateParams && TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 &&
5235                 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()))) {
5236       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5237                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
5238                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
5239     }
5240 
5241     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5242       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5243   }
5244 
5245   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5246   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5247   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5248   if (NewTemplate)
5249     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5250 
5251   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5252     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5253 
5254   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5255     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5256       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5257       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5258       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5259       //   explicitly.
5260       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5261       //   'extern'.
5262       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5263           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5264           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5265         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5266       else
5267         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5268              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5269           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5270     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5271       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5272            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5273     else
5274       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5275   }
5276 
5277   // C99 6.7.4p3
5278   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5279   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5280   //   thread storage duration...
5281   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5282   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5283   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5284   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5285   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5286   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5287       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5288     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5289     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5290       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5291            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5292       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5293     }
5294   }
5295 
5296   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5297     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5298       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5299           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5300           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5301                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5302     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5303       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5304         << 2
5305         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5306     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5307       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5308         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5309         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5310         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5311     else {
5312       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5313       if (NewTemplate)
5314         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5315     }
5316   }
5317 
5318   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5319   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5320 
5321   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5322     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5323 
5324   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5325     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5326     // storage [duration]."
5327     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
5328         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5329          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5330       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5331     }
5332   }
5333 
5334   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5335   // retainable type.
5336   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5337     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5338 
5339   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5340   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5341     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5342     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5343     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5344     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
5345       switch (SC) {
5346       case SC_None:
5347       case SC_Auto:
5348         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5349         break;
5350       case SC_Register:
5351         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5352           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5353         break;
5354       case SC_Static:
5355       case SC_Extern:
5356       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5357       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5358         break;
5359       }
5360     }
5361 
5362     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5363                                                 Context, Label));
5364   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5365     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5366       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5367     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5368       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5369       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5370     }
5371   }
5372 
5373   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5374   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
5375     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5376 
5377   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5378   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5379   // declaration has linkage).
5380   FilterLookupForScope(
5381       Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5382       IsExplicitSpecialization || IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5383 
5384   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5385   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5386   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5387       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5388     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5389         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5390         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5391 
5392   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5393     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5394   } else {
5395     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5396     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5397       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5398           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5399           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5400         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5401         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5402         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5403           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5404         Previous.clear();
5405         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5406       }
5407     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5408       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5409       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5410         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5411         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5412       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5413     }
5414 
5415     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5416       if (PrevVarTemplate) {
5417         LookupResult PrevDecl(*this, GetNameForDeclarator(D),
5418                               LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration);
5419         PrevDecl.addDecl(PrevVarTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
5420         D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, PrevDecl));
5421       } else
5422         D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5423     }
5424 
5425     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5426     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5427         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5428       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5429   }
5430 
5431   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5432   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5433 
5434   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5435   // the map of such variables.
5436   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5437       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5438     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5439 
5440   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5441     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5442     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5443             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5444                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5445       Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD));
5446     }
5447   }
5448 
5449   // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5450   // template, make a note of that.
5451   if (PrevVarTemplate && PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5452     PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5453 
5454   if (NewTemplate) {
5455     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5456     return NewTemplate;
5457   }
5458 
5459   return NewVD;
5460 }
5461 
5462 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5463 /// -Wshadow.
5464 ///
5465 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5466 /// scope.
5467 ///
5468 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5469 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5470 ///
5471 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5472   // Return if warning is ignored.
5473   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5474         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5475     return;
5476 
5477   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5478   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5479     return;
5480 
5481   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5482 
5483   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5484   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5485     return;
5486 
5487   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5488   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5489     return;
5490 
5491   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5492   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5493     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5494       if (MD->isStatic())
5495         return;
5496 
5497   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5498     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5499       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5500       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5501       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5502              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5503            I != E; ++I)
5504         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5505           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5506           break;
5507         }
5508     }
5509 
5510   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5511 
5512   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5513   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5514     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5515     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5516       return;
5517 
5518     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5519     // static data members from base classes?
5520 
5521     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5522     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5523     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5524   }
5525 
5526   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5527   unsigned Kind;
5528   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5529     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5530       Kind = 3; // field
5531     else
5532       Kind = 2; // static data member
5533   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5534     Kind = 1; // global
5535   else
5536     Kind = 0; // local
5537 
5538   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5539 
5540   // Emit warning and note.
5541   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5542   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5543 }
5544 
5545 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5546 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5547   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5548         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5549     return;
5550 
5551   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5552                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5553   LookupName(R, S);
5554   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5555 }
5556 
5557 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5558 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5559 template<typename T>
5560 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5561     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5562   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5563   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5564 
5565   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5566     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5567     // declaration.
5568     return false;
5569   }
5570 
5571   if (Prev) {
5572     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5573       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5574       // redeclaration.
5575       Previous.clear();
5576       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5577       return true;
5578     }
5579 
5580     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5581     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5582     // declaration.
5583     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5584       return false;
5585   } else {
5586     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5587     // translation unit which might conflict.
5588     if (IsGlobal) {
5589       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5590       IsGlobal = false;
5591       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5592            I != E; ++I) {
5593         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5594           Prev = *I;
5595           break;
5596         }
5597       }
5598     } else {
5599       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5600           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5601       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5602            I != E; ++I) {
5603         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5604           Prev = *I;
5605           break;
5606         }
5607         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5608         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5609         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5610         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5611         // diagnostic.
5612       }
5613     }
5614 
5615     if (!Prev)
5616       return false;
5617   }
5618 
5619   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5620   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5621   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5622   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5623     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5624   else
5625     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5626 
5627   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5628     << IsGlobal << ND;
5629   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5630     << IsGlobal;
5631   return false;
5632 }
5633 
5634 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5635 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5636 ///
5637 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5638 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5639 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5640 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5641 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5642 template<typename T>
5643 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5644                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5645   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5646     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5647     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5648     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5649     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5650       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5651         Previous.clear();
5652         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5653         return true;
5654       }
5655     }
5656     return false;
5657   }
5658 
5659   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5660   // declaration.
5661   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5662     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5663 
5664   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5665   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5666   // in another scope.
5667   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5668     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5669 
5670   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5671   return false;
5672 }
5673 
5674 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5675   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5676   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5677     return;
5678 
5679   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5680   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5681 
5682   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5683   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5684     return;
5685 
5686   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5687     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5688       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5689     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5690     NewVD->setType(T);
5691   }
5692 
5693   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5694   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5695   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5696   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5697   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5698     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5699     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5700     return;
5701   }
5702 
5703   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5704   // __constant address space.
5705   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5706       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5707       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5708     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5709     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5710     return;
5711   }
5712 
5713   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5714   // scope.
5715   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5716       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5717     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5718     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5719     return;
5720   }
5721 
5722   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5723       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5724     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5725       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5726     else {
5727       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5728       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5729     }
5730   }
5731 
5732   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5733   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5734       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5735     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5736 
5737   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5738       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5739     bool SizeIsNegative;
5740     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5741     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5742       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5743                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5744     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5745       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5746       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5747       // int a[10][n];
5748       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5749 
5750       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5751         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5752         << SizeRange;
5753       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5754         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5755         << SizeRange;
5756       else
5757         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5758         << SizeRange;
5759       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5760       return;
5761     }
5762 
5763     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5764       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5765         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5766       else
5767         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5768       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5769       return;
5770     }
5771 
5772     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5773     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5774     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5775   }
5776 
5777   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5778     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5779     //                    of objects and functions.
5780     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5781       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5782         << T;
5783       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5784       return;
5785     }
5786   }
5787 
5788   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5789     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5790     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5791     return;
5792   }
5793 
5794   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5795     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5796     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5797     return;
5798   }
5799 
5800   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5801       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5802                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5803     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5804     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5805     return;
5806   }
5807 }
5808 
5809 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5810 /// declaration.
5811 ///
5812 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5813 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5814 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5815 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5816 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5817 ///
5818 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5819 ///
5820 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5821 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
5822   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5823 
5824   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5825   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5826     return false;
5827 
5828   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5829   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5830   if (Previous.empty() &&
5831       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
5832     Previous.setShadowed();
5833 
5834   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5835   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5836 
5837   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5838     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
5839     return true;
5840   }
5841   return false;
5842 }
5843 
5844 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5845 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5846   Sema *S;
5847   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5848 };
5849 
5850 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5851 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5852 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5853 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5854                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5855                                  void *UserData) {
5856   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5857 
5858   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5859     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5860 
5861   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5862 
5863   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5864   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5865     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5866     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5867     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5868 
5869     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5870   }
5871 
5872   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5873        !Path.Decls.empty();
5874        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5875     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5876     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5877       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5878         return true;
5879     }
5880   }
5881 
5882   return false;
5883 }
5884 
5885 namespace {
5886   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5887 }
5888 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5889 /// overriden methods.
5890 ///
5891 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5892 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5893 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5894 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5895                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5896   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5897   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5898                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5899        I != E; ++I) {
5900     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5901     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5902     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5903     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5904         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5905         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5906       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5907   }
5908 }
5909 
5910 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5911 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5912 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5913   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5914   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5915   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5916   Data.Method = MD;
5917   Data.S = this;
5918   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5919   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5920   bool AddedAny = false;
5921   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5922     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5923          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5924       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5925         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5926         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5927             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5928             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5929             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5930           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5931           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5932           AddedAny = true;
5933         }
5934       }
5935     }
5936   }
5937 
5938   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5939     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5940   }
5941   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5942     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5943   }
5944 
5945   return AddedAny;
5946 }
5947 
5948 namespace {
5949   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5950   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5951   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5952     Scope *S;
5953     Declarator &D;
5954     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5955     bool AddToScope;
5956   };
5957 }
5958 
5959 namespace {
5960 
5961 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5962 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5963 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5964  public:
5965   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5966                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5967       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5968         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5969 
5970   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5971     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5972       return false;
5973 
5974     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5975     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5976                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
5977          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5978       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5979 
5980       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5981           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5982         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5983           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
5984           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
5985             return true;
5986         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
5987           return true;
5988         }
5989       }
5990     }
5991 
5992     return false;
5993   }
5994 
5995  private:
5996   ASTContext &Context;
5997   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
5998   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5999 };
6000 
6001 }
6002 
6003 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6004 ///
6005 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6006 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6007 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6008 /// the same name.
6009 ///
6010 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6011 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6012 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6013     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6014     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6015   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6016   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6017   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6018   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6019   TypoCorrection Correction;
6020   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6021   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6022                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6023   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6024                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6025                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6026                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6027 
6028   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6029   if (IsLocalFriend)
6030     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6031   else
6032     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6033   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6034          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6035   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6036   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6037                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
6038   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6039     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6040          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6041       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6042       if (FD &&
6043           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6044         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6045         // involve a parameter
6046         unsigned ParamNum =
6047             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6048         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6049       }
6050     }
6051   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6052   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6053                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6054                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6055                  IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) {
6056     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6057     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6058                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6059     Previous.clear();
6060     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6061     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6062                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6063          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6064       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6065       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6066           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6067         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6068       }
6069     }
6070     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6071 
6072     NamedDecl *Result;
6073     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6074     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6075     {
6076       // Trap errors.
6077       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6078 
6079       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6080       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6081       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6082       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6083           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6084           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6085           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6086           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6087 
6088       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6089         Result = 0;
6090     }
6091 
6092     if (Result) {
6093       // Determine which correction we picked.
6094       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6095       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6096            I != E; ++I)
6097         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6098           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6099 
6100       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6101           Correction,
6102           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6103                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6104                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6105             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6106       return Result;
6107     }
6108 
6109     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6110     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6111                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6112     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6113     Previous.clear();
6114     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6115   }
6116 
6117   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6118       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6119 
6120   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6121   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6122     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6123 
6124   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6125        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6126        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6127     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6128     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6129     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6130     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6131 
6132     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6133     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6134       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6135       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6136       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6137       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6138                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6139         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6140         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6141     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6142       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6143           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6144     } else
6145       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6146                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6147                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6148   }
6149   return 0;
6150 }
6151 
6152 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6153                                                           Declarator &D) {
6154   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6155   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6156   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6157   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6158   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6159     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6160                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6161     D.setInvalidType();
6162     break;
6163   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6164   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6165     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6166       return SC_None;
6167     return SC_Extern;
6168   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6169     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6170       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6171       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6172       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6173       //   other than extern
6174       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6175       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6176                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6177       break;
6178     } else
6179       return SC_Static;
6180   }
6181   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6182   }
6183 
6184   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6185   return SC_None;
6186 }
6187 
6188 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6189                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6190                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6191                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6192                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6193   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6194   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6195 
6196   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
6197   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6198 
6199   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6200     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6201     // prototype. This true when:
6202     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6203     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6204     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6205     bool HasPrototype =
6206       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6207       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6208 
6209     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6210                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6211                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6212                                  HasPrototype, false);
6213     if (D.isInvalidType())
6214       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6215 
6216     // Set the lexical context.
6217     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6218 
6219     return NewFD;
6220   }
6221 
6222   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6223   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6224 
6225   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6226   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6227   // the class has been completely parsed.
6228   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6229       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6230                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
6231                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6232                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6233     D.setInvalidType();
6234 
6235   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6236     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6237     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6238            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6239 
6240     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6241     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6242                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6243                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6244                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6245                                       isConstexpr);
6246 
6247   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6248     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6249     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6250       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6251       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6252       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6253                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6254                                         D.getLocStart(),
6255                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6256                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6257 
6258       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6259       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6260       // it yet.
6261       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6262           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6263           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6264         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6265       }
6266 
6267       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
6268       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
6269       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
6270       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
6271           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
6272           !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
6273         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
6274       }
6275 
6276       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6277       return NewDD;
6278 
6279     } else {
6280       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6281       D.setInvalidType();
6282 
6283       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6284       // code path.
6285       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6286                                   D.getLocStart(),
6287                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6288                                   SC, isInline,
6289                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6290     }
6291 
6292   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6293     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6294       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6295            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6296       return 0;
6297     }
6298 
6299     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6300     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6301     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6302                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6303                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6304                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6305 
6306   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6307     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6308     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6309     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6310     // constructor if it has no return type).
6311     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6312         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6313       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6314         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6315         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6316       return 0;
6317     }
6318 
6319     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6320     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6321                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6322                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6323                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6324                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6325     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6326     return Ret;
6327   } else {
6328     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6329     // prototype. This true when:
6330     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6331     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6332                                 D.getLocStart(),
6333                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6334                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6335   }
6336 }
6337 
6338 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
6339   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
6340   // typedef of void is not permitted.
6341   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6342       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
6343     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
6344     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
6345       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
6346     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
6347                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
6348       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
6349     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
6350       << IsTypeAlias;
6351   }
6352 }
6353 
6354 enum OpenCLParamType {
6355   ValidKernelParam,
6356   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6357   PtrKernelParam,
6358   InvalidKernelParam,
6359   RecordKernelParam
6360 };
6361 
6362 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6363   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6364     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6365     return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam;
6366   }
6367 
6368   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6369   // be used as builtin types.
6370 
6371   if (PT->isImageType())
6372     return PtrKernelParam;
6373 
6374   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6375     return InvalidKernelParam;
6376 
6377   if (PT->isEventT())
6378     return InvalidKernelParam;
6379 
6380   if (PT->isHalfType())
6381     return InvalidKernelParam;
6382 
6383   if (PT->isRecordType())
6384     return RecordKernelParam;
6385 
6386   return ValidKernelParam;
6387 }
6388 
6389 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6390   Sema &S,
6391   Declarator &D,
6392   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6393   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6394   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6395 
6396   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6397   // used again
6398   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6399     return;
6400 
6401   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6402   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6403     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6404     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6405     // pointer to a pointer type.
6406     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6407     D.setInvalidType();
6408     return;
6409 
6410     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6411     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6412     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6413     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6414     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6415 
6416   case InvalidKernelParam:
6417     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6418     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6419     // of event_t type.
6420     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6421     D.setInvalidType();
6422     return;
6423 
6424   case PtrKernelParam:
6425   case ValidKernelParam:
6426     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6427     return;
6428 
6429   case RecordKernelParam:
6430     break;
6431   }
6432 
6433   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6434   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6435 
6436   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6437   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6438   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6439   HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0);
6440 
6441   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6442   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6443 
6444   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6445 
6446   do {
6447     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6448     if (!Next) {
6449       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6450       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6451       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6452         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6453 
6454       continue;
6455     }
6456 
6457     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6458     // field itself) to the history stack.
6459     const RecordDecl *RD;
6460     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6461       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6462       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6463     } else {
6464       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6465     }
6466 
6467     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6468     VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0);
6469 
6470     for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(),
6471            E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) {
6472       const FieldDecl *FD = *I;
6473       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6474 
6475       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6476         continue;
6477 
6478       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6479       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6480         continue;
6481 
6482       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6483         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6484         continue;
6485       }
6486 
6487       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6488       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6489       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6490       // union.
6491       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) {
6492         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6493                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6494           << PT->isUnionType()
6495           << PT;
6496       } else {
6497         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6498       }
6499 
6500       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6501         << PD->getDeclName();
6502 
6503       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6504       // the offending field came from
6505       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6506              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6507         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6508         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6509           << OuterField->getType();
6510       }
6511 
6512       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6513         << QT->isPointerType()
6514         << QT;
6515       D.setInvalidType();
6516       return;
6517     }
6518   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6519 }
6520 
6521 NamedDecl*
6522 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6523                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6524                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6525                               bool &AddToScope) {
6526   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6527 
6528   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6529 
6530   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6531   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6532   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6533   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6534 
6535   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6536     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6537          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6538       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6539 
6540   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6541     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6542 
6543   bool isFriend = false;
6544   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
6545   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6546   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6547 
6548   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6549   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6550   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6551 
6552   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6553 
6554   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6555   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6556 
6557   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6558                                               isVirtualOkay);
6559   if (!NewFD) return 0;
6560 
6561   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6562     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6563 
6564   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6565   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6566   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6567   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6568 
6569   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6570     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6571 
6572   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6573     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6574     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6575     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6576     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6577     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6578     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6579       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6580       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6581       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6582       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6583     }
6584 
6585     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6586     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6587     // return true).
6588     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6589           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6590       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6591         NewFD->setPure(true);
6592     }
6593 
6594     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6595     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6596     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6597     if (D.isInvalidType())
6598       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6599 
6600     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6601     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6602     bool Invalid = false;
6603     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6604             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6605                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6606                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend,
6607                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
6608       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6609         // This is a function template
6610 
6611         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6612         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6613           return 0;
6614 
6615         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6616         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6617           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6618           return 0;
6619         }
6620 
6621         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6622         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6623         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6624         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6625           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6626           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6627             Invalid = true;
6628         }
6629 
6630 
6631         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6632                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6633                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6634                                                         NewFD);
6635         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6636         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6637 
6638         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6639         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6640           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6641                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6642                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6643         }
6644       } else {
6645         // This is a function template specialization.
6646         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6647         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6648         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6649                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6650                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6651 
6652         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6653         if (isFriend) {
6654           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6655           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6656 
6657           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6658           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6659           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6660           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6661           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6662           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6663           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6664             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6665             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6666           }
6667 
6668           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6669             << Name << RemoveRange
6670             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6671             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6672         }
6673       }
6674     }
6675     else {
6676       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6677       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6678       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6679         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6680         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6681                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6682                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6683     }
6684 
6685     if (Invalid) {
6686       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6687       if (FunctionTemplate)
6688         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6689     }
6690 
6691     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6692     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6693     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6694     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6695     //
6696     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6697       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6698         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6699              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6700       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6701         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6702         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6703              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6704           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6705       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6706         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6707         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6708         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6709              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6710           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6711       } else {
6712         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6713         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6714       }
6715 
6716       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6717           NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6718         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6719     }
6720 
6721     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && NewFD->isDependentContext() &&
6722         NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6723       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6724       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6725       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6726       // thing to do.
6727       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6728           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6729       QualType Result = SubstAutoType(FPT->getResultType(),
6730                                        Context.DependentTy);
6731       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getArgTypes(),
6732                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
6733     }
6734 
6735     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6736     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6737     //  declaration.
6738     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6739       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6740         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6741         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6742              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6743           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6744       }
6745     }
6746 
6747     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6748     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6749     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6750     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6751     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6752       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6753         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6754         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6755              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6756           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6757       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6758                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6759         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6760         // or conversion function.
6761         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6762              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6763           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6764       }
6765     }
6766 
6767     if (isConstexpr) {
6768       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6769       // are implicitly inline.
6770       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6771 
6772       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6773       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6774       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6775       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6776         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6777     }
6778 
6779     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6780     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6781       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6782         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6783           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6784         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6785           << 0
6786           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6787       } else {
6788         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6789         if (FunctionTemplate)
6790           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6791       }
6792     }
6793 
6794     if (isFriend) {
6795       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6796         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6797         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6798       }
6799       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
6800       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6801     }
6802 
6803     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6804     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6805       case FDK_Declaration:
6806       case FDK_Definition:
6807         break;
6808 
6809       case FDK_Defaulted:
6810         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6811         break;
6812 
6813       case FDK_Deleted:
6814         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6815         break;
6816     }
6817 
6818     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6819         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6820       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6821       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6822       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6823       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6824     }
6825 
6826     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6827         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6828       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6829       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6830       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6831       //   the class.
6832 
6833       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6834       // member function definition.
6835       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6836            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6837         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6838     }
6839 
6840     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6841     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6842     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6843     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6844     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6845          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6846         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6847       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6848       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6849       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6850                                              FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6851     }
6852 
6853     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
6854     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
6855     //
6856     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
6857     if (isInline && NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction())
6858       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6859            diag::err_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
6860         << NewFD->getDeclName();
6861   }
6862 
6863   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6864   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6865                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6866                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6867 
6868   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6869   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6870     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6871     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6872     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6873                                                 SE->getString()));
6874   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6875     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6876       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6877     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6878       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6879       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6880     }
6881   }
6882 
6883   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6884   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6885   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6886   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6887     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6888 
6889     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6890     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6891     // single void argument.
6892     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6893     // already checks for that case.
6894     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6895         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6896         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6897       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6898       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6899     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6900       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6901         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6902         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6903         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6904         Params.push_back(Param);
6905 
6906         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6907           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6908       }
6909     }
6910 
6911   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6912     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6913     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6914     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6915     //
6916     // @code
6917     // typedef void fn(int);
6918     // fn f;
6919     // @endcode
6920 
6921     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6922     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6923          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6924       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6925         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6926       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6927       Params.push_back(Param);
6928     }
6929   } else {
6930     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6931            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6932   }
6933 
6934   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6935   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6936 
6937   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6938   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6939   //
6940   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6941   //
6942   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6943   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6944   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6945 
6946   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6947     NewFD->addAttr(
6948         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6949                                        Context));
6950 
6951   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6952   // because all functions have linkage.
6953   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6954       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6955     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6956     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6957   }
6958 
6959   // Handle attributes.
6960   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
6961 
6962   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6963   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6964       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6965   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6966       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6967     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6968     // Attach the attribute to the new decl. Don't apply the attribute if it
6969     // returns an instance of the class (e.g. assignment operators).
6970     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) {
6971       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6972                                                         Context));
6973     }
6974   }
6975 
6976   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6977     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6978     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6979     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
6980       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6981 
6982     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
6983       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
6984 
6985     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6986       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6987                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6988     else if (!Previous.empty())
6989       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6990       D.setRedeclaration(true);
6991     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6992             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6993            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6994   } else {
6995     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
6996     // argument list into our AST format.
6997     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6998       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
6999       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7000       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7001       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7002                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7003       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7004                                  TemplateArgs);
7005 
7006       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7007 
7008       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7009         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7010       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7011         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7012         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7013           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7014 
7015         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7016       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7017                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
7018         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
7019         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
7020         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
7021         // too few of them).
7022         // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations
7023         // (starting with "template") and the rest.
7024         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
7025           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
7026           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
7027                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
7028                                         "template<> ");
7029         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7030       } else {
7031         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7032         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7033       }
7034     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7035       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7036       // wrote something like:
7037       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7038       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7039       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7040       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7041       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7042         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7043       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7044     }
7045 
7046     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7047     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7048     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7049     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7050     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7051     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7052         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7053          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7054             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7055             InstantiationDependent))) {
7056       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7057              "friend function specialization without template args");
7058       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7059                                                        Previous))
7060         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7061     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7062       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7063           && !isFriend) {
7064         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7065         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7066           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7067           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7068           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7069       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7070                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
7071                                                      Previous))
7072         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7073 
7074       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7075       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7076       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7077       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7078           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7079       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7080         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7081           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7082                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7083             << SC
7084             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7085                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7086 
7087         else
7088           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7089                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7090             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7091                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7092       }
7093 
7094     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7095       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7096           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7097     }
7098 
7099     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7100     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7101       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7102         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7103 
7104       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7105         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7106 
7107       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7108         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
7109         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
7110         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
7111           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
7112       } else
7113         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7114                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7115     }
7116 
7117     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7118             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7119            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7120 
7121     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7122                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7123                                 : NewFD);
7124 
7125     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7126       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7127       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7128         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7129 
7130       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7131       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7132     }
7133 
7134     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7135         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7136       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7137 
7138     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7139     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7140     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7141       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7142                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7143       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7144                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
7145                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7146                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7147                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7148                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7149                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7150                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7151                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7152                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7153                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7154     }
7155 
7156     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7157       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7158     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7159       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7160                                        AddToScope };
7161       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7162       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7163         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7164 
7165       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7166       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7167         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7168         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7169 
7170         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7171         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7172         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7173         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7174         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7175         // can actually do this check immediately.
7176         if (isFriend &&
7177             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7178              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7179              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7180           // ignore these
7181         } else {
7182           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7183           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7184           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7185           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7186           //
7187           // class X {
7188           //   void f() const;
7189           // };
7190           //
7191           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7192           //
7193           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7194           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7195           // whether the parameter types are references).
7196 
7197           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7198                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) {
7199             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7200             return Result;
7201           }
7202         }
7203 
7204         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7205         // to something.
7206       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7207         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7208                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7209           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7210           return Result;
7211         }
7212       }
7213 
7214     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7215                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7216                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7217       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7218       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7219       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7220       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7221       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7222       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7223       // generate them.
7224       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7225         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7226     }
7227   }
7228 
7229   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7230   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7231 
7232   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7233 
7234   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7235       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7236     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7237          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7238       << NewFD;
7239 
7240     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7241     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7242     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7243         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7244     EPI.Variadic = true;
7245     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7246 
7247     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
7248     NewFD->setType(R);
7249   }
7250 
7251   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7252   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7253   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7254     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7255 
7256   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7257   // marking the function.
7258   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7259 
7260   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7261   // the map of such variables.
7262   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7263       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7264     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7265 
7266   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7267   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7268 
7269   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7270     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7271       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7272         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7273       return FunctionTemplate;
7274     }
7275   }
7276 
7277   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7278     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7279     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7280         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7281       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7282       D.setInvalidType();
7283     }
7284 
7285     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7286     if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
7287       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7288            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
7289       D.setInvalidType();
7290     }
7291 
7292     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7293     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
7294          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
7295       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
7296       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7297     }
7298   }
7299 
7300   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7301 
7302   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7303     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7304       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7305           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7306         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7307           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
7308             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7309 
7310           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7311         }
7312       }
7313 
7314   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7315   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7316   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7317   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7318     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7319                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7320                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7321                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7322                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7323     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7324     AddToScope = false;
7325   }
7326 
7327   return NewFD;
7328 }
7329 
7330 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7331 ///
7332 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7333 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7334 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7335 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7336 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7337 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7338 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7339 ///
7340 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7341 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7342 ///
7343 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7344 ///
7345 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7346 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7347                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7348                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7349   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
7350          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7351 
7352   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7353   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7354   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7355   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7356                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7357 
7358   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7359   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7360 
7361   bool Redeclaration = false;
7362   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
7363 
7364   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7365   // the same name, if appropriate.
7366   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7367     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7368     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7369     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7370     // function to the scope.
7371     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7372       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7373       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7374         Redeclaration = true;
7375         OldDecl = Candidate;
7376       }
7377     } else {
7378       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7379                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7380       case Ovl_Match:
7381         Redeclaration = true;
7382         break;
7383 
7384       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7385         Redeclaration = true;
7386         break;
7387 
7388       case Ovl_Overload:
7389         Redeclaration = false;
7390         break;
7391       }
7392 
7393       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7394         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7395         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7396         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7397           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7398         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
7399         if (Redeclaration)
7400           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7401         else if (!Previous.empty())
7402           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7403         if (OverloadedDecl)
7404           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7405                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7406         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7407                                                         Context));
7408       }
7409     }
7410   }
7411 
7412   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7413   if (!Redeclaration &&
7414       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7415     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7416     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7417       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7418       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7419       Redeclaration = true;
7420       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7421       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7422 
7423       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7424       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7425         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7426           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7427             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7428           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7429                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7430           NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
7431                                                           Context));
7432         }
7433         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7434           Redeclaration = false;
7435           OldDecl = 0;
7436         }
7437       }
7438     }
7439   }
7440 
7441   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7442   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7443   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7444   //
7445   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7446   // definition of a static member function.
7447   //
7448   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7449   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7450   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7451   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7452       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7453       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7454     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7455     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
7456           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
7457       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
7458     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7459       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7460         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7461       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7462       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7463       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
7464                                           FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
7465 
7466       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7467       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7468       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7469         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7470         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7471                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7472           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7473 
7474         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7475           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7476       }
7477     }
7478   }
7479 
7480   if (Redeclaration) {
7481     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7482     // merged.
7483     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7484       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7485       return Redeclaration;
7486     }
7487 
7488     Previous.clear();
7489     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7490 
7491     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7492                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7493       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7494       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7495         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7496       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7497       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7498             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7499         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7500         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7501       }
7502 
7503       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7504       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7505       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7506           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7507         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7508         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7509       }
7510 
7511     } else {
7512       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7513       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7514 
7515       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7516         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7517         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7518         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7519         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7520 
7521         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7522         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7523         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7524 
7525         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7526         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7527             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7528           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7529           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7530           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7531           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7532           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7533             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7534           }
7535         }
7536       }
7537     }
7538   }
7539 
7540   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7541   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7542     // C++-specific checks.
7543     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7544       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7545     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7546                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7547       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7548       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7549 
7550       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7551       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7552       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7553         DeclarationName Name
7554           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7555                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7556         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7557           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7558           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7559           return Redeclaration;
7560         }
7561       }
7562     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7563                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7564       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7565     }
7566 
7567     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7568     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7569       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7570           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7571           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7572         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7573           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7574           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7575             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7576           }
7577         }
7578       }
7579 
7580       if (Method->isStatic())
7581         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7582     }
7583 
7584     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7585     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7586         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7587       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7588       return Redeclaration;
7589     }
7590 
7591     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7592     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7593         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7594       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7595       return Redeclaration;
7596     }
7597 
7598     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7599     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7600     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7601     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7602       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7603 
7604     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7605     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7606     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7607       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7608       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7609       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7610       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7611         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7612         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7613         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7614       }
7615     }
7616 
7617     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7618     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7619     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7620     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7621     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7622       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
7623       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7624         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7625             << NewFD << R;
7626       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7627                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7628         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7629     }
7630   }
7631   return Redeclaration;
7632 }
7633 
7634 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
7635   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
7636   if (!TSI)
7637     return SourceRange();
7638 
7639   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
7640   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
7641   if (!FunctionTL)
7642     return SourceRange();
7643 
7644   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
7645   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
7646     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
7647 
7648   return SourceRange();
7649 }
7650 
7651 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7652   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
7653   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
7654   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7655   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7656   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7657   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7658   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7659     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7660          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7661       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7662   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7663     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7664       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7665   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7666     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7667     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
7668                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7669     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7670     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7671       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7672   }
7673   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7674     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7675       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7676     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7677   }
7678 
7679   QualType T = FD->getType();
7680   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7681   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7682 
7683   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7684   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7685     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7686     // set the flag which tells us that.
7687     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7688     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7689 
7690   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7691   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7692   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7693   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7694     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7695 
7696     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7697     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7698       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7699           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7700 
7701   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7702   } else {
7703     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7704     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7705       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7706           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7707     else
7708       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7709 
7710     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7711   }
7712 
7713   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7714   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7715 
7716   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7717   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7718   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7719 
7720   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7721 
7722   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7723   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7724   // getting shifty.
7725   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7726     HasExtraParameters = false;
7727 
7728   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7729     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7730     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7731     nparams = 3;
7732   }
7733 
7734   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7735   // if we had some location information about types.
7736 
7737   QualType CharPP =
7738     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7739   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7740 
7741   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7742     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7743 
7744     bool mismatch = true;
7745 
7746     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7747       mismatch = false;
7748     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7749       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7750       //   char const **
7751       //   char const * const *
7752       //   char * const *
7753 
7754       QualifierCollector qs;
7755       const PointerType* PT;
7756       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7757           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7758           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7759                               Context.CharTy)) {
7760         qs.removeConst();
7761         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7762       }
7763     }
7764 
7765     if (mismatch) {
7766       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7767       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7768       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7769     }
7770   }
7771 
7772   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7773     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7774   }
7775 
7776   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7777     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7778     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7779   }
7780 }
7781 
7782 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7783   QualType T = FD->getType();
7784   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7785   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7786 
7787   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
7788   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
7789   if (FT->getResultType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
7790       FT->getResultType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
7791       FT->getResultType()->isNullPtrType())
7792     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
7793     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
7794       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7795 
7796   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7797     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD->getName();
7798     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7799   }
7800 }
7801 
7802 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7803   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7804   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7805   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7806   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7807   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7808   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7809   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7810   // rules there don't matter.)
7811   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7812     return false;
7813   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7814     << Init->getSourceRange();
7815   return true;
7816 }
7817 
7818 namespace {
7819   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7820   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7821   class SelfReferenceChecker
7822       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7823     Sema &S;
7824     Decl *OrigDecl;
7825     bool isRecordType;
7826     bool isPODType;
7827     bool isReferenceType;
7828 
7829   public:
7830     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7831 
7832     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7833                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7834       isPODType = false;
7835       isRecordType = false;
7836       isReferenceType = false;
7837       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7838         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7839         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7840         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7841       }
7842     }
7843 
7844     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7845     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7846     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7847     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7848       if (isReferenceType)
7849         return;
7850       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7851       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7852         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7853         return;
7854       }
7855 
7856       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7857         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7858         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7859         return;
7860       }
7861 
7862       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7863         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7864         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7865           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7866           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7867             return;
7868           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7869         }
7870         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7871           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7872         return;
7873       }
7874     }
7875 
7876     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7877     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7878     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7879       if (isReferenceType)
7880         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7881     }
7882 
7883     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7884       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7885           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7886         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7887 
7888       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7889     }
7890 
7891     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7892       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7893       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7894 
7895       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7896       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7897       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7898       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7899       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7900       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7901         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7902           Warn = false;
7903         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7904       }
7905 
7906       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7907         if (Warn)
7908           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7909         return;
7910       }
7911 
7912       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7913       // Visit that expression.
7914       Visit(Base);
7915     }
7916 
7917     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7918       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7919         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7920           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7921 
7922       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7923     }
7924 
7925     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7926       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7927       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7928           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7929         if (!isPODType)
7930           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7931         return;
7932       }
7933       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7934     }
7935 
7936     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7937 
7938     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7939       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7940       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7941       unsigned diag;
7942       if (isReferenceType) {
7943         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7944       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7945         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7946       } else {
7947         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7948       }
7949 
7950       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7951                             S.PDiag(diag)
7952                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7953                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7954                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7955     }
7956   };
7957 
7958   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7959   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7960                                  bool DirectInit) {
7961     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7962     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7963     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7964       return;
7965 
7966     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7967 
7968     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7969     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7970     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7971       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7972         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7973           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7974             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7975               return;
7976 
7977     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7978   }
7979 }
7980 
7981 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
7982 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
7983 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
7984 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
7985                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7986   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
7987   // the initializer.
7988   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7989     return;
7990 
7991   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7992     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
7993     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
7994     // Thus this grotesque test.
7995     IntegerLiteral *IL;
7996     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
7997         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
7998       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
7999     else {
8000       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8001         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8002       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8003     }
8004     return;
8005   }
8006 
8007   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8008   if (!VDecl) {
8009     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8010     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8011     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8012     return;
8013   }
8014   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8015 
8016   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8017   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8018     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8019     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8020     // contains exactly one expression.
8021     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8022       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8023         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8024         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8025         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8026              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8027                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8028           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8029           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8030         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8031         return;
8032       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8033         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8034              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8035                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8036                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8037           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8038           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8039         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8040         return;
8041       } else {
8042         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8043       }
8044     }
8045 
8046     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8047     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8048     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8049         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8050       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8051       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8052         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8053         return;
8054       }
8055       Init = Result.take();
8056       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8057     }
8058 
8059     QualType DeducedType;
8060     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8061             DAR_Failed)
8062       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8063     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8064       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8065       return;
8066     }
8067     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8068     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8069 
8070     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8071     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8072       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8073 
8074     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8075     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8076     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8077     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8078     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8079         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8080       SourceLocation Loc =
8081           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8082       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8083         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8084     }
8085 
8086     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8087     // the previously declared type.
8088     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8089       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8090       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8091       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8092     }
8093 
8094     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8095     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8096     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8097       return;
8098   }
8099 
8100   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8101     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8102     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8103     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8104     return;
8105   }
8106 
8107   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8108     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8109     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8110     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8111     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8112     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8113       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8114     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8115                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8116       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8117       return;
8118     }
8119 
8120     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8121     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8122                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8123                                AbstractVariableType))
8124       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8125   }
8126 
8127   const VarDecl *Def;
8128   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8129     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8130       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8131     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8132     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8133     return;
8134   }
8135 
8136   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
8137   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8138     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8139     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8140     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8141     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8142     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8143     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8144     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8145     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8146     //
8147     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8148     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8149     // declaration with an initializer.
8150     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8151       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8152         << VDecl->getDeclName();
8153       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8154       return;
8155     }
8156 
8157     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8158       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8159 
8160     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8161       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8162       return;
8163     }
8164   }
8165 
8166   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8167   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8168   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8169     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8170     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8171     return;
8172   }
8173 
8174   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8175   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8176   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8177 
8178   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8179   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8180   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8181       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8182     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8183     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8184       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8185       return;
8186     }
8187     Init = Result.take();
8188   }
8189 
8190   // Perform the initialization.
8191   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8192     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8193     InitializationKind Kind
8194       = DirectInit ?
8195           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8196                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8197                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8198                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8199                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8200                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8201                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8202 
8203     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8204     if (CXXDirectInit)
8205       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8206                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8207 
8208     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8209     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8210     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8211       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8212       return;
8213     }
8214 
8215     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
8216   }
8217 
8218   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8219   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8220   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8221   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8222       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8223     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8224   }
8225 
8226   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8227   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8228   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8229   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8230   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8231     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8232 
8233   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8234     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8235 
8236     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8237       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8238 
8239     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8240     // Although this code can still have problems:
8241     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8242     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8243     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8244     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8245     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8246     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
8247       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
8248         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8249                                  Init->getLocStart());
8250       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8251         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8252     }
8253   }
8254 
8255   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8256   //
8257   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8258   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8259   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8260   //
8261   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8262   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8263   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8264   //
8265   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8266   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8267                                           false,
8268                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8269   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8270     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8271     return;
8272   }
8273   Init = Result.take();
8274 
8275   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8276   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8277 
8278   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8279     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8280     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8281     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8282     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8283       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8284         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8285       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8286       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8287       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8288       // constant expressions.
8289       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8290                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8291                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
8292         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(),
8293              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8294           << Init->getSourceRange();
8295     }
8296   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8297              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8298     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8299     //
8300     // struct S {
8301     //   static const int value = 17;
8302     // };
8303 
8304     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8305     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8306     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8307     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8308     //
8309     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8310     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8311     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8312     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8313     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8314     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8315     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8316     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8317     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8318 
8319     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8320     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8321 
8322     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8323     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8324     // type.
8325     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8326 
8327     // Require constness.
8328     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8329       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8330         << Init->getSourceRange();
8331       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8332 
8333     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8334     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8335       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8336       SourceLocation Loc;
8337       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8338         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8339         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8340         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8341       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8342         ; // Nothing to check.
8343       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8344         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8345       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8346         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8347         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8348         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8349           << Init->getSourceRange();
8350       } else {
8351         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8352         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8353         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8354           << Init->getSourceRange();
8355         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8356       }
8357 
8358     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8359     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8360       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8361       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8362       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8363         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8364              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8365             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8366         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8367              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8368             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8369       } else {
8370         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8371           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8372 
8373         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8374           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8375             << Init->getSourceRange();
8376           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8377         }
8378       }
8379 
8380     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8381     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8382       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8383         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8384         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8385       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8386 
8387     } else {
8388       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8389         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8390       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8391     }
8392   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8393     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8394         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8395          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8396            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8397         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8398       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8399 
8400     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8401     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8402       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8403     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8404              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
8405              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
8406              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
8407                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
8408       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
8409       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
8410       //   initialization.
8411       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
8412       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
8413       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8414         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8415     }
8416   }
8417 
8418   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8419   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8420   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8421   //
8422   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8423   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8424   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8425   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8426   // special case code.
8427 
8428   // C++ 8.5p11:
8429   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8430   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8431   // class type.
8432   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8433     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8434     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8435   } else if (DirectInit) {
8436     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8437     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8438   }
8439 
8440   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8441 }
8442 
8443 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8444 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8445 /// of sanity.
8446 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8447   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8448   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8449   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8450 
8451   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8452   if (!VD) return;
8453 
8454   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8455   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8456     D->setInvalidDecl();
8457     return;
8458   }
8459 
8460   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8461   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8462 
8463   // Require a complete type.
8464   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8465                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8466                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8467     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8468     return;
8469   }
8470 
8471   // Require an abstract type.
8472   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8473                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8474                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8475     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8476     return;
8477   }
8478 
8479   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8480   // though.
8481 }
8482 
8483 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8484                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8485   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8486   if (RealDecl == 0)
8487     return;
8488 
8489   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8490     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8491 
8492     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8493     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8494       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8495         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8496       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8497       return;
8498     }
8499 
8500     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8501     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8502     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8503     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8504     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8505     // member.
8506     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8507       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8508         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8509              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8510           << Var->getDeclName();
8511       else
8512         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8513       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8514       return;
8515     }
8516 
8517     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8518     case VarDecl::Definition:
8519       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8520         break;
8521 
8522       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8523       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8524       // a declaration.
8525       //
8526       // Fall through
8527 
8528     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8529       // It's only a declaration.
8530 
8531       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8532       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8533       // object shall be complete.
8534       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8535           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8536           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8537                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8538         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8539 
8540       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8541       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8542           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8543                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8544                                  AbstractVariableType))
8545         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8546       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8547           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8548         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8549         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8550       }
8551 
8552       return;
8553 
8554     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8555       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8556       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8557       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8558       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8559       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8560       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8561         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8562                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8563           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8564                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8565                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8566             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8567         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8568           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8569           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8570           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8571           // NOTE: code such as the following
8572           //     static struct s;
8573           //     struct s { int a; };
8574           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8575           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8576           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8577           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8578             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8579                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8580         }
8581       }
8582 
8583       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8584       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8585         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8586       return;
8587     }
8588 
8589     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8590     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8591     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8592       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8593            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8594       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8595       return;
8596     }
8597 
8598     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8599     // definitions with reference type.
8600     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8601       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8602         << Var->getDeclName()
8603         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8604       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8605       return;
8606     }
8607 
8608     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8609     // variable with dependent type.
8610     if (Type->isDependentType())
8611       return;
8612 
8613     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8614       return;
8615 
8616     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8617                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8618                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8619       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8620       return;
8621     }
8622 
8623     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8624     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8625                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8626                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8627       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8628       return;
8629     }
8630 
8631     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8632     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8633     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8634     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8635     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8636     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8637     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8638     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8639     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8640     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8641     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8642       if (const RecordType *Record
8643             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8644         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8645         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8646         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8647         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8648         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8649           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8650       }
8651     }
8652 
8653     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8654     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8655     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8656     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8657     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8658     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8659     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8660     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8661     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8662     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8663     //   program is ill-formed.
8664     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8665     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8666     //   default-initialized; [...].
8667     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8668     InitializationKind Kind
8669       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8670 
8671     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8672     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8673     if (Init.isInvalid())
8674       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8675     else if (Init.get()) {
8676       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8677       // This is important for template substitution.
8678       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8679     }
8680 
8681     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8682   }
8683 }
8684 
8685 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8686   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8687   if (!VD) {
8688     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8689     D->setInvalidDecl();
8690     return;
8691   }
8692 
8693   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8694 
8695   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8696   int Error = -1;
8697   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8698   case SC_None:
8699     break;
8700   case SC_Extern:
8701     Error = 0;
8702     break;
8703   case SC_Static:
8704     Error = 1;
8705     break;
8706   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8707     Error = 2;
8708     break;
8709   case SC_Auto:
8710     Error = 3;
8711     break;
8712   case SC_Register:
8713     Error = 4;
8714     break;
8715   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8716     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8717   }
8718   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8719     Error = 5;
8720   if (Error != -1) {
8721     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8722       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8723     D->setInvalidDecl();
8724   }
8725 }
8726 
8727 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8728   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8729 
8730   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8731   // local retaining variable.
8732   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8733       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8734     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8735     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8736     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8737     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8738       break;
8739 
8740     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8741     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8742       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8743       break;
8744     }
8745   }
8746 
8747   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8748       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
8749       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8750                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8751                        var->getLocation())) {
8752     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8753     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8754     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8755       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8756 
8757     if (!prev)
8758       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8759   }
8760 
8761   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8762       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8763     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8764     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8765     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8766     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8767     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8768       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8769   }
8770 
8771   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8772   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8773 
8774   QualType type = var->getType();
8775   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8776 
8777   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8778   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8779     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8780     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8781 
8782     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8783     // constructing this copy.
8784     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8785       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8786       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8787       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8788       ExprResult result
8789         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8790             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8791             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8792       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8793         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8794         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8795         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8796       }
8797     }
8798   }
8799 
8800   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8801   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8802   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8803 
8804   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8805       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8806     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8807         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8808                                             var->getLocation())
8809           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) {
8810       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
8811       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
8812       // warned about them.
8813       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8814       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
8815           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8816         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8817           << Init->getSourceRange();
8818     }
8819 
8820     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8821       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8822       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8823         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8824         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8825         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8826         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8827               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8828           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8829           Notes.clear();
8830         }
8831         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8832           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8833         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8834           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8835       }
8836     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8837       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8838       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8839       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8840       var->checkInitIsICE();
8841     }
8842   }
8843 
8844   // Require the destructor.
8845   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8846     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8847 }
8848 
8849 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8850 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8851 void
8852 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8853   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8854   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8855 
8856   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8857   if (!VD)
8858     return;
8859 
8860   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
8861     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8862       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << "used";
8863       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
8864     }
8865   }
8866 
8867   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8868       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
8869     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
8870       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8871         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
8872             << VD->getDeclName();
8873         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8874         VD->setInvalidDecl();
8875       }
8876     }
8877   }
8878 
8879   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8880   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8881   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8882   if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8883     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8884 
8885   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8886     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8887 
8888   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8889   // tag values.
8890   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8891       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8892     return;
8893 
8894   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8895          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8896          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8897        I != E; ++I) {
8898     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8899     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8900       continue;
8901     }
8902     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8903     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8904       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8905            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8906         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8907       continue;
8908     }
8909     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8910       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8911            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8912         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8913       continue;
8914     }
8915     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8916     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8917                                MagicValue,
8918                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8919                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8920                                I->getMustBeNull());
8921   }
8922 }
8923 
8924 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8925                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
8926   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8927 
8928   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8929     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8930 
8931   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0;
8932   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
8933     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
8934       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
8935         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
8936           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
8937       Decls.push_back(D);
8938     }
8939 
8940   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
8941     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
8942       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag);
8943       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
8944         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
8945     }
8946   }
8947 
8948   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8949 }
8950 
8951 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8952 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8953 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8954 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
8955                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8956   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8957   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8958   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8959   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8960   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
8961   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
8962   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
8963   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
8964     QualType Deduced;
8965     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
8966     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
8967     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
8968       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
8969         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
8970         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
8971         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
8972           break;
8973         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
8974         if (!U.isNull()) {
8975           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
8976           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
8977             Deduced = U;
8978             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
8979             DeducedDecl = D;
8980           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
8981             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8982                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
8983               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
8984               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
8985               << U << D->getDeclName()
8986               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
8987               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
8988             D->setInvalidDecl();
8989             break;
8990           }
8991         }
8992       }
8993     }
8994   }
8995 
8996   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
8997 
8998   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
8999       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9000 }
9001 
9002 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9003   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9004 }
9005 
9006 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9007   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9008   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9009    return;
9010 
9011   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
9012                                Group[0]->getLocation())
9013         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
9014     return;
9015 
9016   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9017     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9018     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9019     // additional declaration references:
9020     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9021     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9022     //   'struct S *pS;'
9023     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9024     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9025     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9026       Group = Group.slice(1);
9027     }
9028   }
9029 
9030   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9031   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9032   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9033       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9034     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9035     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9036     //
9037     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9038     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9039     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9040     // ahead through comments.
9041     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9042       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9043   }
9044 }
9045 
9046 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9047 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9048 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9049   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9050 
9051   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9052 
9053   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9054   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9055   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9056     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9057   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9058              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9059     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9060   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9061     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9062          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9063     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9064   }
9065 
9066   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9067     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9068       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9069   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9070     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9071       << 0;
9072 
9073   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9074 
9075   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9076   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9077 
9078   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9079     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9080     // parameter.
9081     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9082 
9083     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9084     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9085       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9086         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9087       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9088     }
9089   }
9090 
9091   // Ensure we have a valid name
9092   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
9093   if (D.hasName()) {
9094     II = D.getIdentifier();
9095     if (!II) {
9096       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9097         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
9098       D.setInvalidType(true);
9099     }
9100   }
9101 
9102   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9103   if (II) {
9104     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9105                    ForRedeclaration);
9106     LookupName(R, S);
9107     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9108       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9109       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9110         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9111         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9112         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9113         PrevDecl = 0;
9114       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9115         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9116         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9117 
9118         // Recover by removing the name
9119         II = 0;
9120         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9121         D.setInvalidType(true);
9122       }
9123     }
9124   }
9125 
9126   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9127   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9128   // looking like class members in C++.
9129   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9130                                     D.getLocStart(),
9131                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9132                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9133                                     StorageClass);
9134 
9135   if (D.isInvalidType())
9136     New->setInvalidDecl();
9137 
9138   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9139   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9140   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9141                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9142 
9143   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9144   S->AddDecl(New);
9145   if (II)
9146     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9147 
9148   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9149 
9150   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9151     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9152       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9153       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9154       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9155 
9156   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9157     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9158   }
9159   return New;
9160 }
9161 
9162 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9163 /// typedef.
9164 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9165                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9166                                               QualType T) {
9167   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9168      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9169      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9170   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
9171                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9172                                            SC_None, 0);
9173   Param->setImplicit();
9174   return Param;
9175 }
9176 
9177 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9178                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9179   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9180   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9181   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9182     return;
9183 
9184   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9185     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9186         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9187       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9188         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9189     }
9190   }
9191 }
9192 
9193 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9194                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9195                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9196                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9197   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9198     return;
9199 
9200   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9201   // threshold.
9202   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9203     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9204     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9205       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9206           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9207   }
9208 
9209   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9210   // threshold.
9211   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9212     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9213     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9214       continue;
9215     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9216     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9217       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9218           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9219   }
9220 }
9221 
9222 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9223                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9224                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9225                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9226   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9227   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9228       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9229       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9230 
9231     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9232 
9233     // Special cases for arrays:
9234     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9235     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9236     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9237       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9238         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9239             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9240             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9241       }
9242       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9243     } else {
9244       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9245     }
9246     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9247   }
9248 
9249   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9250                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9251                                          TSInfo,
9252                                          StorageClass, 0);
9253 
9254   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9255   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9256   // the class has been completely parsed.
9257   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9258       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9259                              AbstractParamType))
9260     New->setInvalidDecl();
9261 
9262   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9263   // passed by reference.
9264   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9265     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9266     Diag(NameLoc,
9267          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9268       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9269     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9270     New->setType(T);
9271   }
9272 
9273   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9274   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9275   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9276   // an address space.
9277   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9278     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9279     New->setInvalidDecl();
9280   }
9281 
9282   return New;
9283 }
9284 
9285 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9286                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9287   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9288 
9289   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9290   // for a K&R function.
9291   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9292     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9293       --i;
9294       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
9295         SmallString<256> Code;
9296         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
9297                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
9298                                         << ";\n";
9299         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9300           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
9301           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9302 
9303         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9304         // type.
9305         AttributeFactory attrs;
9306         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9307         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9308         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9309         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
9310                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
9311         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9312         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9313         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9314         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9315         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
9316         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9317       }
9318     }
9319   }
9320 }
9321 
9322 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9323   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
9324   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9325   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9326 
9327   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9328   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9329   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9330 }
9331 
9332 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9333                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9334   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9335   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9336     return false;
9337 
9338   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9339   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9340     return false;
9341 
9342   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9343   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9344     return false;
9345 
9346   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9347   if (FD->isMain())
9348     return false;
9349 
9350   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9351   if (FD->isInlined())
9352     return false;
9353 
9354   // Don't warn about function templates.
9355   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9356     return false;
9357 
9358   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9359   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9360     return false;
9361 
9362   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9363   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9364     return false;
9365 
9366   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9367   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9368        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9369     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9370     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9371     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9372       continue;
9373 
9374     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9375     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9376       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9377     break;
9378   }
9379 
9380   return MissingPrototype;
9381 }
9382 
9383 void
9384 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9385                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9386   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9387   // was an extern inline function.
9388   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9389   if (!Definition)
9390     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9391       return;
9392 
9393   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9394     return;
9395 
9396   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9397       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9398     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9399         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9400   else
9401     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9402 
9403   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9404   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9405 }
9406 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9407                                    Sema &S) {
9408   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9409   S.PushLambdaScope();
9410   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.getCurLambda();
9411   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9412   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9413   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getResultType();
9414   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9415 
9416   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9417     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9418   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9419     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9420   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9421     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9422   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9423 
9424   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9425   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9426 
9427   // FIXME: Add the captures to the LSI.
9428 }
9429 
9430 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9431   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9432   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9433 
9434   if (!D)
9435     return D;
9436   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9437 
9438   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9439     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9440   else
9441     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9442   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9443   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9444   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9445   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9446   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9447   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9448   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9449   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9450   // have the LSI properly restored.
9451   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9452     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9453       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9454       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9455     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9456   }
9457   else
9458     // Enter a new function scope
9459     PushFunctionScope();
9460 
9461   // See if this is a redefinition.
9462   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9463     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9464 
9465   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9466   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9467     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9468         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9469       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9470       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9471     }
9472   }
9473 
9474   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9475   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9476   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
9477   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9478       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9479       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9480                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9481     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9482 
9483   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9484   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9485   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9486   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9487   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9488   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
9489   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9490     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9491 
9492     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9493       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9494       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9495       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9496               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9497         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9498         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9499           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9500                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9501             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9502             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9503       }
9504     }
9505   }
9506 
9507   if (FnBodyScope)
9508     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9509 
9510   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9511   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9512                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9513 
9514   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9515   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
9516     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
9517     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9518 
9519     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9520     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9521       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9522 
9523       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9524     }
9525   }
9526 
9527   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9528   // introduce them into the function scope.
9529   if (FnBodyScope) {
9530     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9531              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9532              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9533          I != E; ++I) {
9534       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9535 
9536       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9537       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9538       // and reattach to the current context.
9539       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9540         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9541         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
9542                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
9543           if (*DI == D) {
9544             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9545             break;
9546           }
9547         }
9548         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9549         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9550       }
9551 
9552       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9553       if (!D->getName().empty())
9554         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9555 
9556       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9557       // accessible in this scope.
9558       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9559         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
9560                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
9561           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9562       }
9563     }
9564   }
9565 
9566   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
9567   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
9568     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
9569 
9570   // Checking attributes of current function definition
9571   // dllimport attribute.
9572   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
9573   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
9574     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
9575     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
9576     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
9577         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
9578       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9579            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
9580         << "dllimport";
9581       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9582       return D;
9583     }
9584 
9585     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
9586     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
9587     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
9588       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
9589       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
9590       // emitted.
9591       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
9592            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
9593         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
9594     }
9595   }
9596   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
9597   // a function template).
9598   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
9599   return D;
9600 }
9601 
9602 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
9603 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
9604 /// optimization.
9605 ///
9606 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
9607 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
9608 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
9609 /// use the named return value optimization.
9610 ///
9611 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
9612 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
9613 /// the NRVO variable.
9614 ///
9615 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
9616 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
9617 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
9618 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
9619   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
9620 
9621   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
9622   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
9623     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9624       return;
9625 
9626     if (!NRVOCandidate)
9627       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
9628     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
9629       return;
9630   }
9631 
9632   if (NRVOCandidate)
9633     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
9634 }
9635 
9636 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
9637   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
9638     return false;
9639 
9640   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
9641     return true;
9642 
9643   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9644   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9645     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
9646   else
9647     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9648 
9649   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
9650   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
9651   // rest of the file.
9652   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
9653   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
9654   return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
9655 }
9656 
9657 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
9658   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
9659     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
9660   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
9661     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
9662   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
9663 }
9664 
9665 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
9666   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
9667 }
9668 
9669 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
9670                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
9671   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
9672   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
9673   if (FunTmpl)
9674     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9675   else
9676     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
9677 
9678   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
9679   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
9680 
9681   if (FD) {
9682     FD->setBody(Body);
9683 
9684     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
9685         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9686       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
9687       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
9688       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
9689       if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
9690         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
9691           << FD->getResultType();
9692         FD->setInvalidDecl();
9693       } else {
9694         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
9695         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
9696             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
9697         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
9698             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
9699       }
9700     }
9701 
9702     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
9703     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
9704     // is the first declaration.
9705     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
9706       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
9707         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9708       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
9709                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
9710                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
9711         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
9712     }
9713 
9714     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
9715     // don't complain about missing return statements.
9716     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
9717       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
9718 
9719     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
9720     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
9721     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
9722       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
9723 
9724     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9725       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
9726       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9727                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
9728 
9729       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
9730       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
9731         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
9732 
9733       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
9734       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
9735       // to deduce an implicit return type.
9736       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
9737           !FD->isDependentContext())
9738         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9739     }
9740 
9741     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
9742            "Function parsing confused");
9743   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
9744     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
9745     MD->setBody(Body);
9746     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9747       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
9748       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
9749                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
9750 
9751       if (Body)
9752         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
9753     }
9754     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
9755       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
9756         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
9757       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
9758     }
9759   } else {
9760     return 0;
9761   }
9762 
9763   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
9764          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
9765          "handled in the block above.");
9766 
9767   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
9768   if (Body) {
9769     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
9770     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
9771     // Verify this.
9772     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
9773       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
9774 
9775     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
9776     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
9777         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
9778         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
9779         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
9780       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
9781 
9782     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
9783       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
9784         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
9785 
9786       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
9787                                              Destructor->getParent());
9788     }
9789 
9790     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9791     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9792     // deletion in some later function.
9793     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9794         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9795       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9796     }
9797     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9798         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9799       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9800       // enabled.
9801       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9802     }
9803 
9804     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9805         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9806          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9807       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9808 
9809     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9810     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9811     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9812            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9813   }
9814 
9815   if (!IsInstantiation)
9816     PopDeclContext();
9817 
9818   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9819   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9820   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9821   // deletion in some later function.
9822   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9823     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9824   }
9825 
9826   return dcl;
9827 }
9828 
9829 
9830 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9831 /// relevant Decl.
9832 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9833                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9834   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9835   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9836     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9837   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9838 
9839   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9840     if (Method->isStatic())
9841       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9842 }
9843 
9844 
9845 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9846 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9847 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9848                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9849   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9850   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9851   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9852   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9853   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
9854     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
9855     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9856     return ExternCPrev;
9857   }
9858 
9859   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9860   unsigned diag_id;
9861   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9862     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9863   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9864     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9865   else
9866     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9867   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9868 
9869   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9870   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9871   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9872     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9873     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9874     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9875                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator)))
9876       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
9877                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
9878   }
9879 
9880   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9881   const char *Dummy;
9882   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9883   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9884   unsigned DiagID;
9885   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9886   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9887   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9888   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9889   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9890   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9891                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9892                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9893                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9894                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9895                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9896                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9897                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9898                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9899                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9900                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9901                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9902                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9903                                              EST_None,
9904                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9905                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9906                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9907                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9908                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9909                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9910                 DS.getAttributes(),
9911                 SourceLocation());
9912   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9913 
9914   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9915 
9916   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9917   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9918 
9919   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9920   FD->setImplicit();
9921 
9922   CurContext = PrevDC;
9923 
9924   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9925 
9926   return FD;
9927 }
9928 
9929 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9930 /// the declaration of this function.
9931 ///
9932 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9933 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9934 /// like NSLog or printf.
9935 ///
9936 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9937 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
9938 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9939   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9940     return;
9941 
9942   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
9943   // actual attributes.
9944   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9945     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
9946     unsigned FormatIdx;
9947     bool HasVAListArg;
9948     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
9949       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
9950         const char *fmt = "printf";
9951         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
9952         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
9953             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9954           fmt = "NSString";
9955         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9956                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
9957                                                FormatIdx+1,
9958                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9959       }
9960     }
9961     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
9962                                              HasVAListArg)) {
9963      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9964        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9965                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
9966                                               FormatIdx+1,
9967                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9968     }
9969 
9970     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
9971     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
9972     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
9973     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
9974         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
9975       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9976         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9977     }
9978 
9979     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
9980         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
9981       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9982     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
9983       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9984     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9985       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9986   }
9987 
9988   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
9989   if (!Name)
9990     return;
9991   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9992        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
9993       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
9994        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
9995        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
9996     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
9997     // about.
9998   } else
9999     return;
10000 
10001   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10002     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10003     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10004     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
10005       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
10006                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10007                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
10008   }
10009 
10010   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10011     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10012     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10013     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10014       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
10015   }
10016 }
10017 
10018 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10019                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10020   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10021   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10022 
10023   if (!TInfo) {
10024     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10025     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10026   }
10027 
10028   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10029   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10030                                            D.getLocStart(),
10031                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10032                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10033                                            TInfo);
10034 
10035   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10036   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10037     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10038     return NewTD;
10039   }
10040 
10041   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10042     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10043       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10044         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10045         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10046         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10047     else
10048       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10049   }
10050 
10051   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10052   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10053   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10054   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10055   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10056   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10057   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10058   case TST_enum:
10059   case TST_struct:
10060   case TST_interface:
10061   case TST_union:
10062   case TST_class: {
10063     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10064 
10065     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10066     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10067     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10068     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10069 
10070     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10071     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10072 
10073     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10074     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10075       break;
10076 
10077     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10078     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10079     break;
10080   }
10081 
10082   default:
10083     break;
10084   }
10085 
10086   return NewTD;
10087 }
10088 
10089 
10090 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10091 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10092   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10093   QualType T = TI->getType();
10094 
10095   if (T->isDependentType())
10096     return false;
10097 
10098   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10099     if (BT->isInteger())
10100       return false;
10101 
10102   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10103   return true;
10104 }
10105 
10106 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10107 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10108 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10109                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10110                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10111   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10112 
10113   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10114     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10115       << Prev->isScoped();
10116     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10117     return true;
10118   }
10119 
10120   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10121     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10122         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10123         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10124                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10125       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10126         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10127       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10128       return true;
10129     }
10130   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10131     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10132       << Prev->isFixed();
10133     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10134     return true;
10135   }
10136 
10137   return false;
10138 }
10139 
10140 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10141 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10142 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10143 ///
10144 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10145 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10146   switch (Tag) {
10147   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10148   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10149   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10150   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10151   }
10152 }
10153 
10154 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10155 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10156 ///
10157 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10158 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10159 {
10160   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10161 }
10162 
10163 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10164 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10165 ///
10166 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10167 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10168                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10169                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10170                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10171   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10172   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10173   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10174   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10175   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10176   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10177   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10178   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10179   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10180   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10181   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10182   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10183   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10184   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10185   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10186     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10187       return true;
10188 
10189   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10190     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10191     bool isTemplate = false;
10192     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10193       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10194 
10195     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10196       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10197       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10198       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10199         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10200         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10201       return true;
10202     }
10203 
10204     if (isDefinition) {
10205       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10206       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10207       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10208         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10209         return true;
10210       }
10211 
10212       bool previousMismatch = false;
10213       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
10214            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
10215         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10216           if (!previousMismatch) {
10217             previousMismatch = true;
10218             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10219               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10220               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10221           }
10222           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10223             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10224             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10225                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10226         }
10227       }
10228       return true;
10229     }
10230 
10231     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10232     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10233     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10234     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10235                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10236     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10237       return true;
10238     }
10239 
10240     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10241       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10242       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10243     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10244 
10245     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
10246     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10247         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10248           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10249           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10250                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10251     }
10252 
10253     return true;
10254   }
10255   return false;
10256 }
10257 
10258 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10259 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10260 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10261 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10262 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10263                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10264                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10265                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10266                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10267                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10268                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10269                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10270                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10271                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
10272   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10273   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10274   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10275          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10276   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10277 
10278   OwnedDecl = false;
10279   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10280   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10281 
10282   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10283   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10284   bool Invalid = false;
10285 
10286   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10287   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10288   // for non-C++ cases.
10289   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10290       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10291     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10292             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10293                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend,
10294                 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10295       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10296         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10297         return 0;
10298       }
10299 
10300       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10301         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10302         // be a member of another template).
10303 
10304         if (Invalid)
10305           return 0;
10306 
10307         OwnedDecl = false;
10308         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10309                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10310                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10311                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10312                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10313                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10314         return Result.get();
10315       } else {
10316         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10317         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10318           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10319         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10320       }
10321     }
10322   }
10323 
10324   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10325   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10326   // redeclaration.
10327   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10328 
10329   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10330     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10331       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10332       // type, default to int.
10333       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10334     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10335       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10336       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10337       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
10338       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10339       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10340 
10341       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10342         // Recover by falling back to int.
10343         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10344 
10345       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10346                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10347         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10348 
10349     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10350       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10351       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10352   }
10353 
10354   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10355   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10356   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10357 
10358   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10359   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10360     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10361 
10362   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10363   bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10364   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10365     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10366 
10367     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10368     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10369       Name = 0;
10370       goto CreateNewDecl;
10371     }
10372 
10373     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10374     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10375     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10376       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10377       if (!DC) {
10378         IsDependent = true;
10379         return 0;
10380       }
10381     } else {
10382       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10383       if (!DC) {
10384         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10385           << SS.getRange();
10386         return 0;
10387       }
10388     }
10389 
10390     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10391       return 0;
10392 
10393     SearchDC = DC;
10394     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10395     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10396 
10397     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10398       return 0;
10399 
10400     if (Previous.empty()) {
10401       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10402       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10403       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10404       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10405       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10406       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10407       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10408           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10409         IsDependent = true;
10410         return 0;
10411       }
10412 
10413       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10414       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10415         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10416       Name = 0;
10417       Invalid = true;
10418       goto CreateNewDecl;
10419     }
10420   } else if (Name) {
10421     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10422     // declaration or definition.
10423     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10424     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10425     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10426     LookupName(Previous, S);
10427 
10428     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10429     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10430     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10431         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10432       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10433       while (F.hasNext()) {
10434         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10435         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10436           F.erase();
10437       }
10438       F.done();
10439     }
10440 
10441     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10442     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10443     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10444     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10445     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10446     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10447     //
10448     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10449     // semantic context?
10450     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10451       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10452       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10453       while (F.hasNext()) {
10454         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10455         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10456         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10457             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10458           F.erase();
10459           FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10460         }
10461       }
10462       F.done();
10463     }
10464 
10465     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
10466     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10467       return 0;
10468 
10469     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
10470       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
10471       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
10472       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
10473       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
10474       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
10475         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10476     }
10477   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
10478     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
10479     // initial context to the translation unit.
10480     // FIXME: [citation needed]
10481     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10482   }
10483 
10484   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
10485       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
10486     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10487     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
10488     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10489     Previous.clear();
10490   }
10491 
10492   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
10493       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
10494     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
10495     isStdBadAlloc = true;
10496 
10497     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
10498       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
10499       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
10500       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
10501       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
10502     }
10503   }
10504 
10505   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
10506   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
10507   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
10508   // there's a shadow friend decl.
10509   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
10510       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10511     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
10512     assert(SS.isEmpty());
10513 
10514     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10515       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
10516       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
10517       //
10518       //          class-key identifier
10519       //
10520       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
10521       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
10522       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
10523       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
10524       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
10525       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
10526       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
10527       //      declaration.
10528       //
10529       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
10530       // C structs and unions.
10531       //
10532       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
10533       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
10534       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
10535       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
10536       //
10537       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
10538       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
10539       //
10540       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
10541       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
10542       // lexical context,
10543       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10544         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
10545 
10546       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
10547       while (S->isClassScope() ||
10548              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10549               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
10550              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
10551              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
10552         S = S->getParent();
10553     } else {
10554       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
10555       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
10556       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
10557       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
10558       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
10559       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10560     }
10561 
10562     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
10563     // diagnose some problems.
10564     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10565       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
10566       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
10567     }
10568   }
10569 
10570   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10571     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
10572 
10573     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
10574     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
10575     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
10576     // in C++.
10577     //
10578     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
10579     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
10580     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
10581     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
10582     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10583       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10584         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
10585           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
10586           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
10587               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
10588                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
10589             PrevDecl = Tag;
10590             Previous.clear();
10591             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
10592             Previous.resolveKind();
10593           }
10594         }
10595       }
10596     }
10597 
10598     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10599       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
10600       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
10601       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
10602       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
10603           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10604         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
10605         // struct or something similar.
10606         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
10607                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
10608                                           *Name)) {
10609           bool SafeToContinue
10610             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
10611                Kind != TTK_Enum);
10612           if (SafeToContinue)
10613             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
10614               << Name
10615               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
10616                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
10617           else
10618             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
10619           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10620 
10621           if (SafeToContinue)
10622             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
10623           else {
10624             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
10625             Name = 0;
10626             Previous.clear();
10627             Invalid = true;
10628           }
10629         }
10630 
10631         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
10632           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
10633 
10634           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
10635           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
10636           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10637             if (ScopedEnum)
10638               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
10639                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
10640                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
10641             return PrevTagDecl;
10642           }
10643 
10644           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
10645           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10646             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
10647           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
10648             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
10649 
10650           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
10651           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
10652           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
10653           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
10654                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
10655             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
10656         }
10657 
10658         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
10659         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
10660         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
10661         //   and then later defined.
10662         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
10663             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
10664           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
10665           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10666         }
10667 
10668         if (!Invalid) {
10669           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
10670 
10671           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
10672           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
10673           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
10674           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
10675           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
10676                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
10677             return PrevTagDecl;
10678 
10679           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
10680           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10681             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
10682               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
10683               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
10684               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
10685               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
10686               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
10687                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
10688                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10689                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10690                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10691                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
10692                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
10693                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
10694                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
10695               }
10696 
10697               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
10698                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
10699                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
10700                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
10701                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
10702                 else
10703                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
10704                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10705                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
10706                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
10707                 // references get the previous definition.
10708                 Name = 0;
10709                 Previous.clear();
10710                 Invalid = true;
10711               }
10712             } else {
10713               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
10714               // about a nested redefinition.
10715               const TagType *Tag
10716                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
10717               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10718                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
10719                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
10720                      diag::note_previous_definition);
10721                 Name = 0;
10722                 Previous.clear();
10723                 Invalid = true;
10724               }
10725             }
10726 
10727             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
10728             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
10729           }
10730         }
10731         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
10732         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
10733 
10734       } else {
10735         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
10736         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
10737         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
10738         // have distinct types.
10739         Previous.clear();
10740       }
10741       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
10742       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
10743       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
10744 
10745 
10746     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
10747     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
10748     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
10749     } else {
10750       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
10751       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
10752       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
10753       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
10754           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
10755         unsigned Kind = 0;
10756         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10757         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10758         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10759         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
10760         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
10761         Invalid = true;
10762 
10763       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
10764       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
10765                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
10766         // do nothing
10767 
10768       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
10769       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10770         unsigned Kind = 0;
10771         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10772         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
10773         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
10774         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
10775         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10776         Invalid = true;
10777 
10778       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10779       // case here.
10780       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10781         unsigned Kind = 0;
10782         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10783         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10784           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10785         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10786         Invalid = true;
10787 
10788       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10789       } else {
10790         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10791         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10792         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10793         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10794         Name = 0;
10795         Invalid = true;
10796       }
10797 
10798       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10799       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10800       Previous.clear();
10801     }
10802   }
10803 
10804 CreateNewDecl:
10805 
10806   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10807   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10808     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10809 
10810   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10811   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10812   // keyword.
10813   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10814 
10815   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10816   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10817   // PrevDecl.
10818   TagDecl *New;
10819 
10820   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10821   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10822     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10823     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10824     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10825                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10826                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10827     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10828     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10829       TagDecl *Def;
10830       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10831           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10832         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10833         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10834       }
10835       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10836         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10837           << New;
10838         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10839       } else {
10840         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10841         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10842           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10843         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10844           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10845         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10846 
10847         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10848         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10849         // the declaration context.
10850         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10851           IsForwardReference = true;
10852       }
10853     }
10854 
10855     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10856       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10857       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10858         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10859       else
10860         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10861       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10862     }
10863 
10864   } else {
10865     // struct/union/class
10866 
10867     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10868     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10869     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10870       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10871       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10872                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10873 
10874       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10875         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10876     } else
10877       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10878                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10879   }
10880 
10881   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10882   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10883     if (SS.isSet()) {
10884       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10885       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10886       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10887       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10888       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10889       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10890           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10891           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10892         Invalid = true;
10893 
10894       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10895       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10896         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10897                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10898                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10899       }
10900     }
10901     else
10902       Invalid = true;
10903   }
10904 
10905   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10906     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10907     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10908     //
10909     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10910     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10911     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10912     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10913     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10914     // parsing of the struct).
10915     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10916       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10917       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
10918     }
10919   }
10920 
10921   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
10922     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
10923       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10924         << 2
10925         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10926     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
10927     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
10928     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
10929     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10930       New->setModulePrivate();
10931   }
10932 
10933   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
10934   // check the specialization.
10935   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
10936     Invalid = true;
10937 
10938   if (Invalid)
10939     New->setInvalidDecl();
10940 
10941   if (Attr)
10942     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10943 
10944   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
10945   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
10946   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10947     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10948 
10949   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
10950   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
10951   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10952 
10953   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
10954   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
10955   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
10956   // the tag name visible.
10957   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
10958     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace &&
10959                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
10960 
10961   // Set the access specifier.
10962   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
10963     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
10964 
10965   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
10966     New->startDefinition();
10967 
10968   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10969   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10970     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
10971     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
10972     if (PrevDecl)
10973       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
10974 
10975     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10976     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10977     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
10978       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
10979         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
10980   } else if (Name) {
10981     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10982     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
10983     if (IsForwardReference)
10984       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10985 
10986   } else {
10987     CurContext->addDecl(New);
10988   }
10989 
10990   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
10991   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
10992     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
10993         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
10994         II->isStr("FILE"))
10995       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
10996 
10997   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
10998   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
10999   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11000       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
11001     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11002 
11003   if (PrevDecl)
11004     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11005 
11006   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11007   // record.
11008   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11009 
11010   OwnedDecl = true;
11011   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11012   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11013   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
11014 }
11015 
11016 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11017   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11018   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11019 
11020   // Enter the tag context.
11021   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11022 
11023   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11024 
11025   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11026   // record.
11027   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11028 }
11029 
11030 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11031   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11032          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11033   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11034   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11035       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11036   CurContext = OCD;
11037   return IDecl;
11038 }
11039 
11040 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11041                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11042                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11043                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11044   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11045   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11046 
11047   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11048 
11049   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11050     return;
11051 
11052   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11053     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11054                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11055 
11056   // C++ [class]p2:
11057   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11058   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11059   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11060   //   as if it were a public member name.
11061   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11062     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11063                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11064                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11065                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
11066                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11067   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11068   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11069   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11070   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11071       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11072   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11073   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11074          "Broken injected-class-name");
11075 }
11076 
11077 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11078                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11079   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11080   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11081   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11082 
11083   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11084   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11085     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11086     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11087       RD->completeDefinition();
11088   }
11089 
11090   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11091     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11092 
11093   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11094   PopDeclContext();
11095 
11096   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11097       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11098     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11099 
11100   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11101   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11102     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11103 }
11104 
11105 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11106   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11107   PopDeclContext();
11108 }
11109 
11110 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11111   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11112   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11113   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11114 }
11115 
11116 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11117   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11118   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
11119 }
11120 
11121 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11122   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11123   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11124   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11125 
11126   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11127   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11128     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11129       RD->completeDefinition();
11130   }
11131 
11132   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11133   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11134   // the FieldCollector.
11135 
11136   PopDeclContext();
11137 }
11138 
11139 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11140 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11141                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11142                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11143                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11144   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11145   if (ZeroWidth)
11146     *ZeroWidth = true;
11147 
11148   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11149   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11150   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11151     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11152     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11153       return ExprError();
11154     if (FieldName)
11155       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11156         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11157     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11158       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11159   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11160                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11161     return ExprError();
11162 
11163   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11164   // it now.
11165   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11166     return Owned(BitWidth);
11167 
11168   llvm::APSInt Value;
11169   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11170   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11171     return ICE;
11172   BitWidth = ICE.take();
11173 
11174   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11175     *ZeroWidth = false;
11176 
11177   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11178   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11179     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11180 
11181   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11182     if (FieldName)
11183       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11184                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11185     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11186       << Value.toString(10);
11187   }
11188 
11189   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11190     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11191     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11192       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct) {
11193         if (FieldName)
11194           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11195             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11196             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11197 
11198         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11199           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11200       }
11201 
11202       if (FieldName)
11203         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11204           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11205           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11206       else
11207         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11208           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11209     }
11210   }
11211 
11212   return Owned(BitWidth);
11213 }
11214 
11215 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11216 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11217 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11218                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11219   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11220                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11221                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11222   return Res;
11223 }
11224 
11225 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11226 ///
11227 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11228                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11229                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11230                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11231                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11232   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11233   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11234   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11235 
11236   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11237   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11238   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11239     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11240 
11241     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11242                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11243       D.setInvalidType();
11244       T = Context.IntTy;
11245       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11246     }
11247   }
11248 
11249   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11250   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11251     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11252     D.setInvalidType();
11253   }
11254 
11255   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11256   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11257   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11258     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11259     D.setInvalidType();
11260   }
11261 
11262   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11263 
11264   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11265     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11266          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11267       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11268 
11269   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11270   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
11271   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11272   LookupName(Previous, S);
11273   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11274     case LookupResult::Found:
11275     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11276       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11277       break;
11278 
11279     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11280       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11281       break;
11282 
11283     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11284     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11285     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11286       break;
11287   }
11288   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11289 
11290   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11291     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11292     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11293     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11294     PrevDecl = 0;
11295   }
11296 
11297   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11298     PrevDecl = 0;
11299 
11300   bool Mutable
11301     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11302   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11303   FieldDecl *NewFD
11304     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11305                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11306 
11307   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11308     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11309 
11310   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11311     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11312 
11313   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11314     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11315     // with the same name in the same scope.
11316   } else if (II) {
11317     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11318   } else
11319     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11320 
11321   return NewFD;
11322 }
11323 
11324 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11325 ///
11326 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11327 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11328 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11329 /// created.
11330 ///
11331 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11332 ///
11333 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11334 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11335                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11336                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11337                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11338                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11339                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11340                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11341                                 Declarator *D) {
11342   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11343   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11344   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11345 
11346   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11347   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11348   if (T.isNull()) {
11349     InvalidDecl = true;
11350     T = Context.IntTy;
11351   }
11352 
11353   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11354   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11355     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11356       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11357       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11358       InvalidDecl = true;
11359     } else {
11360       NamedDecl *Def;
11361       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11362       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11363         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11364         InvalidDecl = true;
11365       }
11366     }
11367   }
11368 
11369   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11370   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11371     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11372     InvalidDecl = true;
11373   }
11374 
11375   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11376   // than a variably modified type.
11377   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11378     bool SizeIsNegative;
11379     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11380 
11381     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11382       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11383                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11384                                                     Oversized);
11385     if (FixedTInfo) {
11386       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11387       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11388       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11389     } else {
11390       if (SizeIsNegative)
11391         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11392       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11393         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11394           << Oversized.toString(10);
11395       else
11396         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11397       InvalidDecl = true;
11398     }
11399   }
11400 
11401   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11402   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11403                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11404                                              AbstractFieldType))
11405     InvalidDecl = true;
11406 
11407   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11408   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11409   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11410     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11411                               &ZeroWidth).take();
11412     if (!BitWidth) {
11413       InvalidDecl = true;
11414       BitWidth = 0;
11415       ZeroWidth = false;
11416     }
11417   }
11418 
11419   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11420   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11421     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11422     if (T->isReferenceType())
11423       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11424     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11425       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11426 
11427     if (DiagID) {
11428       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
11429       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
11430         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
11431       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
11432       Mutable = false;
11433       InvalidDecl = true;
11434     }
11435   }
11436 
11437   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
11438                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
11439   if (InvalidDecl)
11440     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11441 
11442   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11443     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11444     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11445     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11446   }
11447 
11448   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11449     if (Record->isUnion()) {
11450       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11451         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11452         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11453           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
11454           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
11455           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
11456           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
11457           // objects.
11458           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
11459             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11460         }
11461       }
11462 
11463       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
11464       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
11465       // enabled.
11466       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
11467         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
11468                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
11469                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
11470           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
11471         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
11472           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11473       }
11474     }
11475   }
11476 
11477   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
11478   // representation, not a parser representation.
11479   if (D) {
11480     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
11481     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
11482 
11483     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
11484       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
11485   }
11486 
11487   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
11488   // retainable type.
11489   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
11490     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
11491 
11492   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
11493     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
11494 
11495   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
11496   return NewFD;
11497 }
11498 
11499 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
11500   assert(FD);
11501   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
11502 
11503   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
11504     return false;
11505 
11506   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11507   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11508     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
11509     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
11510       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
11511       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
11512       // copy constructors.
11513 
11514       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
11515       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
11516       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
11517       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
11518       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
11519       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
11520       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
11521         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
11522       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
11523         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
11524       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
11525         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
11526       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
11527         member = CXXDestructor;
11528 
11529       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
11530         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
11531             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
11532           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
11533           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
11534           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
11535           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
11536           // members unavailable.
11537           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
11538           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
11539             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
11540               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
11541                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11542             return false;
11543           }
11544         }
11545 
11546         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
11547                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
11548                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
11549           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
11550         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
11551         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
11552       }
11553     }
11554   }
11555 
11556   return false;
11557 }
11558 
11559 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
11560 ///  AST enum value.
11561 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
11562 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
11563   switch (ivarVisibility) {
11564   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
11565   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
11566   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
11567   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
11568   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
11569   }
11570 }
11571 
11572 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
11573 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
11574 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
11575                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
11576                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
11577                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
11578 
11579   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11580   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
11581   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11582   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11583 
11584   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
11585   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
11586 
11587   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11588   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11589 
11590   if (BitWidth) {
11591     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
11592     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take();
11593     if (!BitWidth)
11594       D.setInvalidType();
11595   } else {
11596     // Not a bitfield.
11597 
11598     // validate II.
11599 
11600   }
11601   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
11602     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
11603     D.setInvalidType();
11604   }
11605   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11606   // than a variably modified type.
11607   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11608     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
11609     D.setInvalidType();
11610   }
11611 
11612   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
11613   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
11614     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
11615                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
11616   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
11617   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
11618   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
11619     return 0;
11620   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
11621   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11622       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11623     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
11624     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
11625       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
11626       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
11627     }
11628     else
11629       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11630   } else {
11631     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11632         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11633       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
11634         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
11635         return 0;
11636       }
11637     }
11638     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
11639   }
11640 
11641   // Construct the decl.
11642   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
11643                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
11644                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
11645 
11646   if (II) {
11647     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
11648                                            ForRedeclaration);
11649     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
11650         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11651       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
11652       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11653       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11654     }
11655   }
11656 
11657   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
11658   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
11659 
11660   if (D.isInvalidType())
11661     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11662 
11663   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
11664   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
11665     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
11666 
11667   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11668     NewID->setModulePrivate();
11669 
11670   if (II) {
11671     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
11672     // these to the interface.
11673     S->AddDecl(NewID);
11674     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
11675   }
11676 
11677   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
11678       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
11679     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
11680 
11681   return NewID;
11682 }
11683 
11684 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
11685 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
11686 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
11687 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
11688 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
11689                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
11690   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
11691     return;
11692 
11693   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
11694   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
11695 
11696   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
11697     return;
11698   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
11699   if (!ID) {
11700     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
11701       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
11702         return;
11703     }
11704     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
11705     else
11706       return;
11707   }
11708   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
11709   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
11710   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
11711 
11712   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
11713                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
11714                               Context.CharTy,
11715                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
11716                                                                DeclLoc),
11717                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
11718                               true);
11719   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
11720 }
11721 
11722 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
11723                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
11724                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
11725   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
11726 
11727   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
11728   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
11729   // it will now change.
11730   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11731     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11732     switch (DC->getKind()) {
11733     default: break;
11734     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
11735       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11736       break;
11737     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
11738       Context.
11739         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
11740       break;
11741     }
11742   }
11743 
11744   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
11745 
11746   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
11747   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
11748   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
11749   if (Record) {
11750     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
11751                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
11752       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
11753         if (IFD->getDeclName())
11754           ++NumNamedMembers;
11755     }
11756   }
11757 
11758   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
11759   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
11760 
11761   bool ARCErrReported = false;
11762   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
11763        i != end; ++i) {
11764     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
11765 
11766     // Get the type for the field.
11767     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
11768 
11769     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
11770       // Remember all fields written by the user.
11771       RecFields.push_back(FD);
11772     }
11773 
11774     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
11775     // diagnostics about it.
11776     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11777       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11778       continue;
11779     }
11780 
11781     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11782     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11783     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11784     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11785     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11786     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11787     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11788     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11789     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11790     //   array.
11791     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11792       // Field declared as a function.
11793       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11794         << FD->getDeclName();
11795       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11796       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11797       continue;
11798     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11799                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11800                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11801                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11802                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11803       // Flexible array member.
11804       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11805       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11806       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11807       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
11808         if (Record->isUnion())
11809           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
11810             << FD->getDeclName();
11811         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11812           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
11813             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11814       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11815         if (Record->isUnion())
11816           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11817             << FD->getDeclName();
11818         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11819           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
11820             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11821       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
11822       if (Record->isUnion())
11823         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11824           << FD->getDeclName();
11825       else
11826         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11827           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11828       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
11829         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
11830           << FD->getDeclName();
11831         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11832         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11833         continue;
11834       }
11835       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11836           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11837         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11838           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11839         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11840         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11841         continue;
11842       }
11843       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11844       if (Record)
11845         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11846     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11847                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11848                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11849       // Incomplete type
11850       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11851       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11852       continue;
11853     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11854       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11855         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11856         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11857           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11858         } else {
11859           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11860           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11861           // structures.
11862           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11863             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11864               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11865           else {
11866             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11867             // other structs as an extension.
11868             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11869               << FD->getDeclName();
11870             if (Record)
11871               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11872           }
11873         }
11874       }
11875       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11876           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11877                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11878                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11879         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11880         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11881       }
11882       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11883         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11884       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11885         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11886     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11887       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11888       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11889         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11890       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11891       FD->setType(T);
11892     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11893                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11894       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11895       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11896       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11897       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11898       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11899       QualType T = FD->getType();
11900       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11901       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11902         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11903         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11904           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11905             FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11906                               "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11907           }
11908         } else {
11909           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11910             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11911         }
11912         ARCErrReported = true;
11913       }
11914     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
11915                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
11916                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
11917       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11918           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
11919         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11920       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
11921         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11922         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
11923             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11924           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11925         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11926                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
11927                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11928       }
11929     }
11930     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11931       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11932     // Keep track of the number of named members.
11933     if (FD->getIdentifier())
11934       ++NumNamedMembers;
11935   }
11936 
11937   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
11938   if (Record) {
11939     bool Completed = false;
11940     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
11941       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
11942         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
11943         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
11944                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
11945                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
11946           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
11947 
11948         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
11949           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
11950             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
11951             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
11952               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
11953                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11954 
11955             // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
11956             // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
11957             // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
11958             if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11959               CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11960           }
11961 
11962           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
11963           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
11964 
11965           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
11966           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
11967           // problem now.
11968           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
11969             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
11970             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
11971 
11972             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
11973                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
11974                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
11975               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
11976                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
11977                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
11978                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
11979                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
11980                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
11981                   continue;
11982 
11983                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
11984                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
11985                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
11986                 //   program is ill-formed.
11987                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
11988                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
11989                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
11990                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
11991                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
11992                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
11993                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
11994                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
11995                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
11996                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
11997 
11998                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11999               }
12000             }
12001             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12002             Completed = true;
12003           }
12004         }
12005       }
12006     }
12007 
12008     if (!Completed)
12009       Record->completeDefinition();
12010 
12011     if (Record->hasAttrs())
12012       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12013 
12014     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension.
12015     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12016       bool ZeroSize = true;
12017       bool IsEmpty = true;
12018       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12019       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12020                                       E = Record->field_end();
12021            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12022         IsEmpty = false;
12023         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12024           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12025             ZeroSize = false;
12026         } else {
12027           ++NonBitFields;
12028           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12029           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12030               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12031             ZeroSize = false;
12032         }
12033       }
12034 
12035       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in
12036       // C++.
12037       if (ZeroSize)
12038         Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << IsEmpty
12039             << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12040 
12041       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but
12042       // are accepted by GCC.
12043       if (NonBitFields == 0) {
12044         if (IsEmpty)
12045           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
12046         else
12047           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
12048       }
12049     }
12050   } else {
12051     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12052       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12053     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12054       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12055       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12056       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12057         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12058         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12059       }
12060       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12061       // duplicates.
12062       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12063         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12064     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12065                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12066       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12067       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12068         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12069         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12070         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12071       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12072       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12073       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12074     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12075                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12076       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12077       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12078       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12079       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12080       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12081       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12082       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12083       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12084         if (IDecl) {
12085           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12086               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12087             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12088                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12089             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12090             continue;
12091           }
12092           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
12093                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
12094                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
12095                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
12096             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12097                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12098               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12099                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12100               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12101               continue;
12102             }
12103           }
12104         }
12105         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12106         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12107       }
12108       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12109       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12110     }
12111   }
12112 
12113   if (Attr)
12114     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12115 }
12116 
12117 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12118 /// the given type T.
12119 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12120                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12121                                         QualType T) {
12122   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12123   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12124 
12125   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12126     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12127       --BitWidth;
12128     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12129   }
12130   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12131 }
12132 
12133 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12134 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12135 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12136   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12137   // enum checking below.
12138   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12139   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12140   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12141     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12142   };
12143   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12144     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12145     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12146   };
12147 
12148   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12149   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12150                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12151   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12152     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12153       return Types[I];
12154 
12155   return QualType();
12156 }
12157 
12158 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12159                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12160                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12161                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12162                                           Expr *Val) {
12163   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12164   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12165   QualType EltTy;
12166 
12167   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12168     Val = 0;
12169 
12170   if (Val)
12171     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
12172 
12173   if (Val) {
12174     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12175       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12176     else {
12177       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12178       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12179           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12180         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12181         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12182         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12183         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12184         ExprResult Converted =
12185           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12186                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12187         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12188           Val = 0;
12189         else
12190           Val = Converted.take();
12191       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12192                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12193                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
12194         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12195       } else {
12196         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12197           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12198 
12199           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12200           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12201           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12202           // expression checking.
12203           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12204             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
12205               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12206               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12207             } else
12208               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12209           } else
12210             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12211         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12212           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12213           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12214           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12215           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12216           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12217           EltTy = Val->getType();
12218         } else {
12219           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12220           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12221           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12222           //   representable as an int.
12223 
12224           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12225           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12226             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12227               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12228               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12229           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12230             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12231             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
12232           }
12233           EltTy = Val->getType();
12234         }
12235       }
12236     }
12237   }
12238 
12239   if (!Val) {
12240     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12241       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12242     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12243       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12244       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12245       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12246       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12247       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12248       //
12249       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12250       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12251       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12252         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12253       }
12254       else {
12255         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12256       }
12257     } else {
12258       // Assign the last value + 1.
12259       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12260       ++EnumVal;
12261       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12262 
12263       // Check for overflow on increment.
12264       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12265         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12266         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12267         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12268         //
12269         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12270         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12271         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12272         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12273         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12274         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12275         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12276         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12277           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12278           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12279           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12280           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12281           ++EnumVal;
12282           if (Enum->isFixed())
12283             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12284             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12285               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12286               << EltTy;
12287           else
12288             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
12289               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12290         } else {
12291           EltTy = T;
12292         }
12293 
12294         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12295         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12296         // value, then increment.
12297         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12298         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12299         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12300         ++EnumVal;
12301 
12302         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12303         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12304         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12305         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12306         // integral type.
12307         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12308           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12309       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12310                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12311         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12312         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12313           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12314       }
12315     }
12316   }
12317 
12318   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12319     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12320     // enumerator's type.
12321     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12322     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12323   }
12324 
12325   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12326                                   Val, EnumVal);
12327 }
12328 
12329 
12330 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12331                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12332                               AttributeList *Attr,
12333                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12334   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12335   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12336     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12337 
12338   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12339   // we find one that is.
12340   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12341 
12342   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12343   // scope.
12344   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12345                                          ForRedeclaration);
12346   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12347     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12348     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12349     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12350     PrevDecl = 0;
12351   }
12352 
12353   if (PrevDecl) {
12354     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12355     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12356     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12357            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12358     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12359       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12360         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12361       else
12362         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12363       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12364       return 0;
12365     }
12366   }
12367 
12368   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12369   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12370   // different from T:
12371   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12372   // enumerated type
12373   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12374                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12375                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12376     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12377         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12378       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12379 
12380   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12381     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12382 
12383   if (New) {
12384     // Process attributes.
12385     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12386 
12387     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12388     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12389     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12390   }
12391 
12392   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12393 
12394   return New;
12395 }
12396 
12397 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12398 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
12399 // Element2 = Element1
12400 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
12401 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
12402 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
12403 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
12404   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
12405   if (!InitExpr)
12406     return true;
12407   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
12408 
12409   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
12410     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
12411       return true;
12412     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
12413     if (!IL)
12414       return true;
12415     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
12416       return true;
12417 
12418     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
12419   }
12420 
12421   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
12422   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
12423   if (!DRE)
12424     return true;
12425 
12426   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
12427   if (!EnumConstant)
12428     return true;
12429 
12430   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
12431       Enum)
12432     return true;
12433 
12434   return false;
12435 }
12436 
12437 struct DupKey {
12438   int64_t val;
12439   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
12440   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
12441     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
12442 };
12443 
12444 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
12445   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
12446                 false);
12447 }
12448 
12449 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
12450   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
12451   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
12452   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
12453     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
12454   }
12455   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
12456     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
12457            LHS.val == RHS.val;
12458   }
12459 };
12460 
12461 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
12462 // a previous element has already been set to.
12463 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12464                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
12465                                         QualType EnumType) {
12466   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
12467                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
12468       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
12469     return;
12470   // Avoid anonymous enums
12471   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
12472     return;
12473 
12474   // Only check for small enums.
12475   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
12476     return;
12477 
12478   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
12479   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
12480 
12481   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
12482   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
12483           ValueToVectorMap;
12484 
12485   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
12486   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
12487 
12488   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
12489   // an initialier.
12490   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12491     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12492 
12493     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
12494     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
12495     if (!ECD) {
12496       return;
12497     }
12498 
12499     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
12500       continue;
12501 
12502     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12503     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12504 
12505     // First time encountering this value.
12506     if (Entry.isNull())
12507       Entry = ECD;
12508   }
12509 
12510   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
12511   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12512     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12513     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
12514       continue;
12515 
12516     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
12517 
12518     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
12519     if (Entry.isNull())
12520       continue;
12521 
12522     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
12523       // Ensure constants are different.
12524       if (D == ECD)
12525         continue;
12526 
12527       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
12528       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
12529       Vec->push_back(D);
12530       Vec->push_back(ECD);
12531 
12532       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
12533       Entry = Vec;
12534 
12535       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
12536       // diagnostics.
12537       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
12538       continue;
12539     }
12540 
12541     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
12542     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
12543     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
12544       continue;
12545 
12546     Vec->push_back(ECD);
12547   }
12548 
12549   // Emit diagnostics.
12550   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
12551                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
12552        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
12553     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
12554     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
12555 
12556     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
12557     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
12558     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
12559       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12560       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12561     ++I;
12562 
12563     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
12564     // the same value.
12565     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
12566       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
12567         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
12568         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
12569     delete Vec;
12570   }
12571 }
12572 
12573 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
12574                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
12575                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
12576                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
12577   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
12578   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
12579 
12580   if (Attr)
12581     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
12582 
12583   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
12584     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12585       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12586         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12587       if (!ECD) continue;
12588 
12589       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12590     }
12591 
12592     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
12593     return;
12594   }
12595 
12596   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
12597   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
12598   // emit a warning.
12599   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12600   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
12601   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
12602 
12603   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
12604   // reverse the list.
12605   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
12606   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
12607 
12608   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
12609   bool AllElementsInt = true;
12610 
12611   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12612     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
12613       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12614     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12615 
12616     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12617 
12618     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
12619     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
12620       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
12621                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
12622     else
12623       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
12624                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
12625 
12626     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
12627     if (AllElementsInt)
12628       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
12629   }
12630 
12631   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
12632   QualType BestType;
12633   unsigned BestWidth;
12634 
12635   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
12636   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
12637   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
12638   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
12639   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
12640   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
12641   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
12642   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
12643   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
12644   QualType BestPromotionType;
12645 
12646   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
12647   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
12648   // enum definitions.
12649   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
12650     Packed = true;
12651 
12652   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12653     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
12654     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
12655       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
12656     else
12657       BestPromotionType = BestType;
12658     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
12659     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
12660     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
12661     BestWidth = CharWidth;
12662   }
12663   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
12664     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
12665     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
12666     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12667     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
12668       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
12669       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12670     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
12671                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
12672       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
12673       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12674     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
12675       BestType = Context.IntTy;
12676       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12677     } else {
12678       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
12679 
12680       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
12681         BestType = Context.LongTy;
12682       } else {
12683         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12684 
12685         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
12686           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
12687         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
12688       }
12689     }
12690     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
12691   } else {
12692     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
12693     // all of the enumerator values.
12694     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
12695     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
12696       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
12697       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12698       BestWidth = CharWidth;
12699     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
12700       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
12701       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
12702       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
12703     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
12704       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
12705       BestWidth = IntWidth;
12706       BestPromotionType
12707         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12708                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
12709     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
12710                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
12711       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
12712       BestPromotionType
12713         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12714                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
12715     } else {
12716       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
12717       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
12718              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
12719       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
12720       BestPromotionType
12721         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12722                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
12723     }
12724   }
12725 
12726   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
12727   // the type of the enum if needed.
12728   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12729     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
12730     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
12731 
12732     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
12733     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
12734     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
12735     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
12736     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
12737 
12738     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
12739     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
12740 
12741     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
12742     // the enum decl type.
12743     QualType NewTy;
12744     unsigned NewWidth;
12745     bool NewSign;
12746     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12747         !Enum->isFixed() &&
12748         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
12749       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
12750       NewWidth = IntWidth;
12751       NewSign = true;
12752     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
12753       // Already the right type!
12754       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12755         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12756         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12757         // enumeration.
12758         ECD->setType(EnumType);
12759       continue;
12760     } else {
12761       NewTy = BestType;
12762       NewWidth = BestWidth;
12763       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
12764     }
12765 
12766     // Adjust the APSInt value.
12767     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
12768     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
12769     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
12770 
12771     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
12772     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
12773         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
12774       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
12775                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
12776                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
12777                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
12778                                                 VK_RValue));
12779     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12780       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12781       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12782       // enumeration.
12783       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12784     else
12785       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12786   }
12787 
12788   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12789                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12790 
12791   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12792   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12793   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12794     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12795 
12796   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12797 
12798   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12799   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12800     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12801 }
12802 
12803 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12804                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12805                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12806   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12807 
12808   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12809                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12810                                                    EndLoc);
12811   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12812   return New;
12813 }
12814 
12815 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12816                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12817                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12818   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12819                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12820                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12821   if (!Mod)
12822     return true;
12823 
12824   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12825   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12826   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12827     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12828     // We need the length to be consistent.
12829     if (!ModCheck)
12830       break;
12831     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12832 
12833     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12834   }
12835 
12836   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12837                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12838                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12839                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12840   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12841   return Import;
12842 }
12843 
12844 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12845   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12846   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12847   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12848                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12849   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12850   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12851 
12852   // Make the module visible.
12853   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12854                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12855 }
12856 
12857 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12858                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12859                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12860                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12861                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12862   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12863                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12864   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12865      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12866 
12867   if (PrevDecl)
12868     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12869   else
12870     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12871       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12872 }
12873 
12874 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12875                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12876                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12877   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12878 
12879   if (PrevDecl) {
12880     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12881   } else {
12882     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12883       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12884         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12885   }
12886 }
12887 
12888 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12889                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12890                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12891                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12892                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12893   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
12894                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12895   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
12896 
12897   if (PrevDecl) {
12898     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
12899       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
12900         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
12901   } else {
12902     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12903       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
12904   }
12905 }
12906 
12907 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
12908   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
12909 }
12910 
12911 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
12912   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
12913   return D->getAvailability();
12914 }
12915